CN101853866A - Solid-state image pickup device, manufacturing method thereof, image pickup device, and electronic device - Google Patents

Solid-state image pickup device, manufacturing method thereof, image pickup device, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN101853866A
CN101853866A CN201010139907A CN201010139907A CN101853866A CN 101853866 A CN101853866 A CN 101853866A CN 201010139907 A CN201010139907 A CN 201010139907A CN 201010139907 A CN201010139907 A CN 201010139907A CN 101853866 A CN101853866 A CN 101853866A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
waveguide
image pickup
light
pickup device
solid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN201010139907A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN101853866B (en
Inventor
中田征志
伊泽慎一郎
山下和芳
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sony Corp
Original Assignee
Sony Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2009081100A external-priority patent/JP5428451B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2009240774A external-priority patent/JP5515606B2/en
Application filed by Sony Corp filed Critical Sony Corp
Publication of CN101853866A publication Critical patent/CN101853866A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN101853866B publication Critical patent/CN101853866B/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10FINORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES SENSITIVE TO INFRARED RADIATION, LIGHT, ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF SHORTER WAVELENGTH OR CORPUSCULAR RADIATION
    • H10F39/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one element covered by group H10F30/00, e.g. radiation detectors comprising photodiode arrays
    • H10F39/80Constructional details of image sensors
    • H10F39/806Optical elements or arrangements associated with the image sensors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10FINORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES SENSITIVE TO INFRARED RADIATION, LIGHT, ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF SHORTER WAVELENGTH OR CORPUSCULAR RADIATION
    • H10F39/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one element covered by group H10F30/00, e.g. radiation detectors comprising photodiode arrays
    • H10F39/011Manufacture or treatment of image sensors covered by group H10F39/12
    • H10F39/024Manufacture or treatment of image sensors covered by group H10F39/12 of coatings or optical elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10FINORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES SENSITIVE TO INFRARED RADIATION, LIGHT, ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF SHORTER WAVELENGTH OR CORPUSCULAR RADIATION
    • H10F39/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one element covered by group H10F30/00, e.g. radiation detectors comprising photodiode arrays
    • H10F39/80Constructional details of image sensors
    • H10F39/805Coatings
    • H10F39/8053Colour filters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10FINORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES SENSITIVE TO INFRARED RADIATION, LIGHT, ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF SHORTER WAVELENGTH OR CORPUSCULAR RADIATION
    • H10F39/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one element covered by group H10F30/00, e.g. radiation detectors comprising photodiode arrays
    • H10F39/80Constructional details of image sensors
    • H10F39/813Electronic components shared by multiple pixels, e.g. one amplifier shared by two pixels

Landscapes

  • Transforming Light Signals Into Electric Signals (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to solid-state image pickup apparatus and manufacture method thereof, image pick-up device and electronic installation.Solid-state image pickup apparatus comprises pixel portion, and described pixel portion is limited by the unit pixel of arranging along the row and column direction at the semiconductor-based end.Each unit pixel comprises: be formed at semiconductor-based the end and with incident ray be converted to signal charge optical-electrical converter, be formed on the optical-electrical converter top and incident ray be directed to the waveguide of optical-electrical converter, and be formed on the waveguide top and incident ray be directed to the lenticule of light light incident side one end of waveguide.Waveguide has from light light incident side one end and has the cylindrical bodies of constant cross section to beam projecting side one end, and is arranged so that the ray center of the incident ray of the lenticule incident from light light incident side one end of waveguide aligns with the central shaft of waveguide.

Description

固态图像拾取装置及其制造方法、图像拾取装置和电子装置 Solid-state image pickup device, manufacturing method thereof, image pickup device, and electronic device

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及固态图像拾取装置及制造固态图像拾取装置方法、图像拾取装置,以及例如其中包括固态图像拾取装置的摄像机的电子装置。The present invention relates to a solid-state image pickup device and a method of manufacturing the solid-state image pickup device, the image pickup device, and electronic devices such as video cameras including the solid-state image pickup device therein.

背景技术Background technique

固态图像拾取装置包括例如由金属氧化物半导体(MOS)(如互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS))图像传感器所代表的放大固态图像拾取装置。并且,固态图像拾取装置包括由电耦合器件(CCD)图像传感器所代表的电荷传输固态图像拾取装置。这些类型的固态图像拾取装置广泛地用于数字静态摄像机和数字视频摄像机。由于MOS固态图像拾取装置的电源电压和能耗低,固态图像拾取装置常用于例如装有摄像机的移动电话和个人数字助理(PDA)的移动装置中。The solid-state image pickup device includes, for example, an amplifying solid-state image pickup device typified by a metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) such as a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensor. Also, the solid-state image pickup device includes a charge-transfer solid-state image pickup device typified by a charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensor. These types of solid-state image pickup devices are widely used in digital still cameras and digital video cameras. MOS solid-state image pickup devices are commonly used in mobile devices such as camera-equipped mobile phones and personal digital assistants (PDAs) due to their low power supply voltage and low power consumption.

典型的MOS固态图像拾取装置包括多个阵列的单元像素,每个单元像素具有作为一组的用作为光电转换器的光电二极管和多个像素晶体管。近年来,像素尺寸的小型化在进步。为了减少单位像素的像素晶体管的数量并增加光电二极管的面积,开发了一种MOS固态图像拾取装置,其中使单位像素组构成阵列,单位像素组的每个具有由多个像素共享的像素晶体管(参见日本未经审查专利申请公开No.2006-54276和2009-135319)。A typical MOS solid-state image pickup device includes a plurality of arrays of unit pixels each having a photodiode serving as a photoelectric converter and a plurality of pixel transistors as a set. In recent years, the miniaturization of the pixel size has progressed. In order to reduce the number of pixel transistors of a unit pixel and increase the area of a photodiode, a MOS solid-state image pickup device has been developed in which unit pixel groups each having a pixel transistor shared by a plurality of pixels are made into an array ( See Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication Nos. 2006-54276 and 2009-135319).

并且,提出一种固态图像拾取装置,其中波导将入射光线引到相应的光电二极管以提高灵敏度特性(参见日本未经审查专利申请公开No.2008-166677)。此外,提出一种固态图像拾取装置,其中对于片上透镜执行光瞳校正以校正阴影(日本专利No.2600250)。Also, a solid-state image pickup device is proposed in which waveguides guide incident light to corresponding photodiodes to improve sensitivity characteristics (see Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2008-166677). Furthermore, a solid-state image pickup device is proposed in which pupil correction is performed for an on-chip lens to correct shading (Japanese Patent No. 2600250).

固态图像拾取装置包括在对入射光线进行光电转换的光电二极管上方设置的波导以及将入射光线引导到波导的片上透镜。此外,彩色滤光片层形成在片上透镜和波导之间。彩色滤光片层将入射光线例如分成包括红(R)光、绿(G)光和蓝(B)光的彩色光线。为了减少颜色失常的影响,调节片上透镜的用于RGB颜色的曲率半径。此外,对于片上透镜和彩色滤光片的高的图像高度位置处的光瞳校正量确定为变为小于透镜主光线角(CRA),以减少颜色失常的影响。A solid-state image pickup device includes a waveguide disposed above a photodiode that photoelectrically converts incident light and an on-chip lens that guides the incident light to the waveguide. In addition, a color filter layer is formed between the on-chip lens and the waveguide. The color filter layer splits incident light into, for example, colored light including red (R) light, green (G) light, and blue (B) light. In order to reduce the effect of color aberration, the radius of curvature of the on-chip lens for RGB colors is adjusted. In addition, the pupil correction amount at high image height positions for on-chip lenses and color filters is determined to become smaller than the lens chief ray angle (CRA) to reduce the influence of chromatic aberration.

例如,当使用具有高的主光线角(例如,25°)的片上透镜时,高的图像高度位置处的颜色失常可能产生阴影(图像聚焦位置(深度)之间的差异)和颜色混合。For example, when using an on-chip lens with a high chief ray angle (eg, 25°), color aberrations at high image height positions may produce shadowing (differences between image focus positions (depth)) and color mixing.

当使用如相关技术的根据颜色调节片上透镜的曲率半径的方法时,可能增加用于片上透镜的加工步骤的数目。当像素进一步小型化,片上透镜的曲率半径增大。很难根据颜色调节曲率半径。When a method of adjusting the radius of curvature of an on-chip lens according to color is used as in the related art, it is possible to increase the number of processing steps for the on-chip lens. As pixels are further miniaturized, the radius of curvature of the on-chip lens increases. It is difficult to adjust the radius of curvature according to the color.

在高入射角部分,图像形成的中心(包括F光线)从光电二极管的中心向光心偏离(例如,朝向像素部分的中心)。由此,产生阴影和颜色混合。在相关技术中,如果不按照颜色调节片上透镜的曲率半径,波导的光线入射侧端的入射光线的光点直径可能由于颜色失常根据颜色发生改变。随着像素进一步小型化,更难执行校正以获得对于所有颜色的平衡位置。如果对于片上透镜和颜色滤光片层的光瞳校正量按照颜色发生改变,则可能产生间隙或重叠部分。因此,可以产生阴影和颜色混合。鉴于此,对于片上透镜和颜色滤光片层执行光瞳校正,以有效地会聚甚至倾斜光线。然而,这样的结构仍可能引起亮度阴影和颜色阴影,亮度阴影中象角外围的灵敏度降低,颜色阴影由各颜色之间的阴影的形状的差异引起。In the high incident angle portion, the center of image formation (including the F ray) deviates from the center of the photodiode toward the optical center (for example, toward the center of the pixel portion). From this, shading and color mixing are produced. In the related art, if the curvature radius of the on-chip lens is not adjusted according to the color, the spot diameter of the incident light at the light incident side end of the waveguide may change according to the color due to color aberration. As pixels are further miniaturized, it becomes more difficult to perform correction to obtain balanced positions for all colors. If the pupil correction amounts for the on-chip lenses and color filter layers vary by color, gaps or overlapping portions may occur. Thus, shading and color mixing can be produced. For this reason, pupil correction is performed for on-chip lenses and color filter layers to effectively converge and even oblique light rays. However, such a structure may still cause luminance shading, in which the sensitivity of the periphery of the image angle is reduced, and color shading, which is caused by a difference in the shape of the shading between colors.

公开了一种波导的技术,用于即使当入射光线具有大的入射角时也将入射光线引导到光电二极管。根据该技术,象角分为四个象限,并且波导的渐缩位置根据其在四个象限中的位置而改变,从而波导以不同的入射角引导入射光线(例如,参见日本未经审查专利申请公开No.2005-175234).A technology of a waveguide is disclosed for guiding incident light to a photodiode even when the incident light has a large incident angle. According to this technique, the image angle is divided into four quadrants, and the tapered position of the waveguide is changed according to its position in the four quadrants, so that the waveguide guides incident light rays at different incident angles (see, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No.2005-175234).

然而,即使波导的一部分渐缩,发明人仍发现垂直地进入波导的光线被渐缩的波导中的斜面反射,从而降低了灵敏度。因此,甚至波导的一部分也不应该渐缩,因为渐缩的形状使得灵敏度降低。此外,为了形成具有渐缩部分的波导,过程数和掩膜数相比形成标准波导的情况有所增加。此外,由于该技术仅将象角分为四个象限并且改变波导的形状,该技术并没有减小阴影特性。However, even though a portion of the waveguide is tapered, the inventors have found that light entering the waveguide perpendicularly is reflected by the chamfer in the tapered waveguide, reducing sensitivity. Therefore, even a portion of the waveguide should not be tapered, as the tapered shape reduces sensitivity. Furthermore, to form a waveguide with a tapered portion, the number of processes and masks is increased compared to the case of forming a standard waveguide. Furthermore, since this technique only divides the image angle into four quadrants and changes the shape of the waveguide, this technique does not reduce the shadowing characteristics.

图1示出了根据相关技术的其中两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的两个像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置1的示例。固态图像拾取装置1包括其中两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的两个像素共享型单元像素组2。单元像素组2包括两个光电二极管PD1和PD2、两个传输晶体管Tr11和Tr12、浮动扩散区FD、复位晶体管Tr2和放大晶体管Tr3。在该示例中,使用具有拜耳型(Bayer pattern)的颜色滤光片。两个像素共享型单元像素组2排列为使得第一绿色像素Gb布置为邻近蓝色像素B并且第二绿色像素Gr布置为邻近红色像素R。在图1中,将包括红色像素R和第一绿色像素Gb的两个像素共享型单元像素组2以及包括蓝色像素B和第二绿色像素Gr的两个像素共享型单元像素组2重复地构成阵列。FIG. 1 shows an example of a two-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device 1 in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor according to the related art. The solid-state image pickup device 1 includes two pixel-sharing type unit pixel groups 2 in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. The unit pixel group 2 includes two photodiodes PD1 and PD2, two transfer transistors Tr11 and Tr12, a floating diffusion FD, a reset transistor Tr2, and an amplification transistor Tr3. In this example, color filters with a Bayer pattern are used. The two pixel sharing type unit pixel groups 2 are arranged such that the first green pixel Gb is arranged adjacent to the blue pixel B and the second green pixel Gr is arranged adjacent to the red pixel R. In FIG. 1, two pixel-sharing type unit pixel groups 2 including a red pixel R and a first green pixel Gb and two pixel-sharing type unit pixel groups 2 including a blue pixel B and a second green pixel Gr are repeatedly repeated. Form the array.

传输晶体管Tr11和Tr12包括相应的多晶硅制成的传输栅电极3、相应的光电二极管PD(PD1、PD2)和浮动扩散区FD。复位晶体管Tr2包括多晶硅制成的复位栅电极4、浮动扩散区FD和源区5。放大晶体管Tr3包括多晶硅制成的放大栅电极6、源区7和漏区8。浮动扩散区FD和放大栅电极6通过布线部分9彼此连接。放大晶体管Tr3的源区7连接到垂直信号线(未图示)。The transfer transistors Tr11 and Tr12 include respective transfer gate electrodes 3 made of polysilicon, respective photodiodes PD ( PD1 , PD2 ), and floating diffusion regions FD. The reset transistor Tr2 includes a reset gate electrode 4 made of polysilicon, a floating diffusion region FD, and a source region 5 . The amplification transistor Tr3 includes an amplification gate electrode 6, a source region 7, and a drain region 8 made of polysilicon. The floating diffusion FD and the amplification gate electrode 6 are connected to each other through the wiring portion 9 . The source region 7 of the amplification transistor Tr3 is connected to a vertical signal line (not shown).

在固态图像拾取装置1中,第一绿色像素Gb的传输栅电极3的布局与第二绿色像素Gr的传输栅电极3的布局非对称。布局引起第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间产生的灵敏度的差异。例如,由于传输栅电极3的基底层的布局之间的差异引起绿色像素Gb和Gr两者上的入射光线量之间产生差异,因为部分的倾斜入射光线被绿色像素中的一个的传输栅电极遮蔽。在MOS固态图像拾取装置中,随着像素小型化的发展,像素两者之间的灵敏度的差异变得明显。灵敏度的差异是小型化的瓶颈。In the solid-state image pickup device 1, the layout of the transfer gate electrode 3 of the first green pixel Gb is asymmetrical to the layout of the transfer gate electrode 3 of the second green pixel Gr. The layout causes a difference in sensitivity produced between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr. For example, a difference between the incident light quantities on both the green pixels Gb and Gr is caused by a difference between the layout of the base layer of the transfer gate electrode 3, because part of the obliquely incident light is absorbed by the transfer gate electrode of one of the green pixels. shaded. In a MOS solid-state image pickup device, as miniaturization of pixels progresses, a difference in sensitivity between pixels becomes conspicuous. The difference in sensitivity is a bottleneck for miniaturization.

并且,参照图2,提出固态图像拾取装置10,其中两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的两个像素共享型单元像素组2以错开的形式排列。由于两个像素共享型单元像素组2在固态图像拾取装置10中以错开的形式排列,第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr的传输栅电极的布局彼此对称。从而,降低了绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差异。And, referring to FIG. 2 , there is proposed a solid-state image pickup device 10 in which two pixel-sharing type unit pixel groups 2 in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor are arranged in a staggered form. Since the two pixel-sharing type unit pixel groups 2 are arranged in a staggered form in the solid-state image pickup device 10, the layouts of the transfer gate electrodes of the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr are symmetrical to each other. Thus, the difference in sensitivity between the green pixels Gb and Gr is reduced.

第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差异可能引起噪声,例如刺耳的噪声,并且还可能引起颜色阴影的产生。希望消除灵敏度的差异。The difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr may cause noise, such as harsh noise, and may also cause color shading. It is desirable to eliminate differences in sensitivity.

发明内容Contents of the invention

同时,在图2所示的固态图像拾取装置10中,像素晶体管的布局和浮动扩散区FD的布局被限制为保持第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr的传输栅电极的对称布局。该限制可能是小型化的瓶颈。例如,单元像素组2仅获得二像素共享,从而像素晶体管和浮动扩散的数目区是四像素共享的布局中的晶体管和浮动扩散区的数目的两倍。因此,用于光电转换的光电二极管PD的面积减小。光电二极管PD的面积的减小导致灵敏度的损失。此外,在固态图像拾取装置10中,绿色像素Gb和Gr的传输栅电极3的布局与红色像素R和蓝色像素B的传输栅电极3的布局非对称。从而,很难防止颜色阴影的发生。Meanwhile, in the solid-state image pickup device 10 shown in FIG. 2, the layout of the pixel transistors and the layout of the floating diffusion FD are limited to maintain the symmetrical layout of the transfer gate electrodes of the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr. This limitation can be a bottleneck for miniaturization. For example, unit pixel group 2 only gets two-pixel sharing, so that the number of pixel transistors and floating diffusions is twice that of a four-pixel-sharing layout. Therefore, the area of the photodiode PD used for photoelectric conversion is reduced. A reduction in the area of the photodiode PD results in a loss of sensitivity. Furthermore, in the solid-state image pickup device 10, the layout of the transfer gate electrodes 3 of the green pixels Gb and Gr is asymmetrical to the layout of the transfer gate electrodes 3 of the red pixels R and blue pixels B. Thus, it is difficult to prevent occurrence of color shading.

如上所述,由于基底层相对于预定的相邻像素之间的边界具有非对称的布置,在像素之间产生光学非对称。As described above, since the base layer has an asymmetrical arrangement with respect to predetermined boundaries between adjacent pixels, optical asymmetry is generated between pixels.

鉴于这种情况,希望提供固态图像拾取装置和包括固态图像拾取装置的例如摄像机的电子装置,该装置改善由于其中包括电极和布线部分的基底层的非对称布置产生的像素之间的光学非对称。In view of such circumstances, it is desirable to provide a solid-state image pickup device and an electronic device such as a video camera including the solid-state image pickup device, which improve optical asymmetry between pixels due to an asymmetrical arrangement of a base layer including electrodes and wiring portions therein .

根据本发明的实施例的固态图像拾取装置,包括:像素部分,其中排列多像素;基底层,在多像素组的光线入射表面下方的位置处形成在该组中,并且具有包括电极和布线的布局,所述布局相对于预定的相邻像素之间的边界非对称;以及调节机构,用于使所述基底层带来的像素间的光学非对称成为光学对称。A solid-state image pickup device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a pixel portion in which a plurality of pixels are arranged; a base layer formed in a multi-pixel group at a position below the light incident surface of the group, and having an electrode and a wiring. a layout that is asymmetrical with respect to a predetermined boundary between adjacent pixels; and an adjustment mechanism for making the optical asymmetry between the pixels brought about by the base layer into optical symmetry.

作为固态图像拾取装置的理想实施例,所述像素部分包括多个单元像素组,每个所述单元像素组具有共享一个预定的晶体管的多个像素。所述基底层可以是包括像素晶体管的栅电极和布线部分的基底层。As a desirable embodiment of a solid-state image pickup device, the pixel portion includes a plurality of unit pixel groups each having a plurality of pixels sharing a predetermined transistor. The base layer may be a base layer including a gate electrode of a pixel transistor and a wiring portion.

根据该实施例的固态图像拾取装置,按照调节机构的位置偏移的调节方向和调节量,降低或消除了基底层对入射光线的影响。入射光线在各个像素的光电转换器上的入射效率可以相等。According to the solid-state image pickup device of this embodiment, the influence of the base layer on incident light is reduced or eliminated in accordance with the adjustment direction and adjustment amount of the positional shift of the adjustment mechanism. The incident efficiency of the incident light on the photoelectric converter of each pixel can be equal.

根据理想实施例的固态图像拾取装置,像素部分可以包括像素共享型的多个单元像素组。从而,在单元像素组中或多个相邻的单元像素组中,至少输出相同的颜色信号的共同颜色像素的光电转换器上入射光线的入射效率可以相等。According to a solid-state image pickup device of a desirable embodiment, the pixel portion may include a plurality of unit pixel groups of a pixel sharing type. Therefore, in a unit pixel group or in a plurality of adjacent unit pixel groups, the incident efficiency of light incident on photoelectric converters of at least common color pixels that output the same color signal can be equal.

根据本发明的实施例的电子装置,包括:固态图像拾取装置;光学系统,将入射光线引导到所述固态图像拾取装置的光电转换器上;以及信号处理电路,处理所述固态图像拾取装置的输出信号。所述固态图像拾取装置是上述任意的固态图像拾取装置。An electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a solid-state image pickup device; an optical system that guides incident light to a photoelectric converter of the solid-state image pickup device; and a signal processing circuit that processes output signal. The solid-state image pickup device is any of the solid-state image pickup devices described above.

根据该实施例的电子装置,因为使用了固态图像拾取装置,降低或消除了基底层对入射光线的影响。入射光线在各个像素的光电转换器上的入射效率可以相等。According to the electronic device of this embodiment, since the solid-state image pickup device is used, the influence of the base layer on incident light is reduced or eliminated. The incident efficiency of the incident light on the photoelectric converter of each pixel can be equal.

作为相关技术的缺陷,随着像素进一步小型化很难执行校正以获得对于所有像素的平衡位置,因为波导的光线入射侧一端的入射光线的光点直径可能由于色差按照颜色变化。并且,如果对于片上透镜和颜色滤光片层的光瞳校正量按照颜色变化,可能产生间隙或重叠部分。由此,可能产生阴影和颜色混合。As a drawback of the related art, it is difficult to perform correction to obtain a balanced position for all pixels as pixels are further miniaturized because the spot diameter of incident light at the light incident side end of the waveguide may vary by color due to chromatic aberration. Also, if the pupil correction amount for the on-chip lens and the color filter layer varies according to the color, a gap or an overlapping portion may be generated. From this, shadows and color mixing are possible.

该装置不是基于传递通过颜色滤光片层的入射光线的颜色来对片上透镜和颜色滤光片层执行光瞳校正,而是基于入射光线的基准色执行光瞳校正。从而,即使当入射光线的光点直径由于色差按照颜色变化时,入射光线也能够有效地入射在波导的光线入射侧一端上。Instead of performing pupil correction on the on-chip lens and the color filter layer based on the color of incident light passing through the color filter layer, the device performs pupil correction based on a reference color of the incident light. Thus, even when the spot diameter of the incident light varies according to the color due to chromatic aberration, the incident light can be efficiently incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide.

根据本发明的实施例的固态图像拾取装置,包括:像素部分,由沿半导体基底的行和列方向排列的单元像素限定。每个所述单元像素包括:光电转换器,形成在所述半导体基底上并将入射光线转换为信号电荷;波导,形成在所述光电转换器上方并将入射光线引导到所述光电转换器;以及微透镜,形成在所述波导上方并将入射光线引导到所述波导的光线入射侧一端。所述波导具有柱形主体,所述柱形主体从所述光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面,并且所述波导设置为使得从所述微透镜入射到所述波导的所述光线入射侧一端上的所述入射光线的射线中心与所述波导的中心轴对齐。A solid-state image pickup device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a pixel portion defined by unit pixels arranged in row and column directions of a semiconductor substrate. Each of the unit pixels includes: a photoelectric converter formed on the semiconductor substrate and converting incident light into signal charges; a waveguide formed over the photoelectric converter and guiding the incident light to the photoelectric converter; and a microlens formed above the waveguide and guiding incident light to a light incident side end of the waveguide. The waveguide has a cylindrical body having a constant cross-section from one end on the light incident side to one end on the light exit side, and the waveguide is arranged such that all light incident on the waveguide from the microlens The ray center of the incident light at one end on the incident side of the light is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide.

根据该实施例的固态图像拾取装置,波导具有柱形主体,从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面。垂直地入射在波导的光线入射侧一端上的光线没有被波导的侧壁反射,而是传递通过波导16。限制了灵敏度的降低。并且,入射到波导的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线中心与波导的中心轴对齐。从而,对波导执行光瞳校正。因此,来自微透镜的入射光线被有效地引导到波导。According to the solid-state image pickup device of this embodiment, the waveguide has a cylindrical body with a constant cross section from the light incident side end to the light light exit side end. Light rays perpendicularly incident on the light-incident-side end of the waveguide are not reflected by the sidewalls of the waveguide but pass through the waveguide 16 . Sensitivity reduction is limited. Also, the ray center of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide. Thus, pupil correction is performed on the waveguide. Therefore, incident light rays from the microlenses are efficiently guided to the waveguide.

根据本发明的实施例的制造固态图像拾取装置的方法,所述方法包括以下步骤:在布线层中形成波导孔,所述波导孔将入射光线引导到将入射光线转换为信号电荷的光电转换器上,所述光电转换器形成在半导体基底处,形成在所述半导体基底处并包括中间层绝缘膜的所述布线层具有多层的布线部分;用波导材料膜充填所述波导孔,所述波导材料膜的折射率大于所述中间层绝缘膜的折射率,并且在所述波导孔中形成波导;通过中间夹着平面化绝缘膜,在所述波导材料膜上形成将入射光线分开的颜色滤光片层;并且在所述颜色滤光片层上形成微透镜,所述微透镜将入射光线引导到所述电光转换器上。各自具有所述光电转换器的多个单元像素沿所述半导体基底的行和列的方向排列,以限定像素部分。对于相应的所述光电转换器形成的所述波导具有柱形主体,所述柱形主体从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面,并且所述波导设置为使得从所述微透镜入射到所述波导的所述光线入射侧一端上的所述入射光线的射线中心与所述波导的中心轴对齐。A method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device according to an embodiment of the present invention, the method including the step of forming a waveguide hole in a wiring layer, the waveguide hole guiding incident light to a photoelectric converter that converts the incident light into signal charges Above, the photoelectric converter is formed at a semiconductor substrate, the wiring layer formed at the semiconductor substrate and including an interlayer insulating film has a multilayered wiring portion; the waveguide hole is filled with a waveguide material film, the The refractive index of the waveguide material film is greater than the refractive index of the interlayer insulating film, and a waveguide is formed in the waveguide hole; by sandwiching a planarized insulating film, a color that separates incident light is formed on the waveguide material film a filter layer; and microlenses are formed on the color filter layer, and the microlenses guide incident light to the electro-optic converter. A plurality of unit pixels each having the photoelectric converter are arranged in row and column directions of the semiconductor substrate to define a pixel portion. The waveguide formed for the corresponding photoelectric converter has a cylindrical body having a constant cross section from one end on the light incident side to one end on the light exit side, and the waveguide is arranged such that from the micro A ray center of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide by the lens is aligned with a central axis of the waveguide.

根据该实施例的制造固态图像拾取装置的方法,波导具有柱形主体,从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面。垂直地入射在波导的光线入射侧一端上的光线没有被波导的侧壁反射,而是传递通过波导16。限制了灵敏度的降低。并且,入射到波导的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线中心与波导的中心轴对齐。从而,对波导执行光瞳校正。因此,来自微透镜的入射光线被有效地引导到波导。According to the method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device of this embodiment, the waveguide has a cylindrical body with a constant cross section from the light incident side end to the light light exit side end. Light rays perpendicularly incident on the light-incident-side end of the waveguide are not reflected by the sidewalls of the waveguide but pass through the waveguide 16 . Sensitivity reduction is limited. Also, the ray center of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide. Thus, pupil correction is performed on the waveguide. Therefore, incident light rays from the microlenses are efficiently guided to the waveguide.

根据本发明的实施例的图像拾取装置,包括:光线会聚光学单元,会聚入射光线;其中包括固态图像拾取装置的图像拾取单元,接收由所述光线会聚光学单元会聚的光线,并且对光线执行光电转换;以及信号处理单元,处理通过所述固态图像拾取装置的光电转换获得的信号。所述固态图像拾取装置包括:像素部分,由沿半导体基底的行和列方向排列的单元像素限定。每个所述单元像素包括:光电转换器,形成在所述半导体基底上并将入射光线转换为信号电荷;波导,形成在所述光电转换器上方并将入射光线引导到所述光电转换器;以及微透镜,形成在所述波导上方并将入射光线引导到所述波导的光线入射侧一端。所述波导具有柱形主体,所述柱形主体从所述光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面,并且所述波导设置为使得从所述微透镜入射到所述波导的所述光线入射侧一端上的所述入射光线的射线中心与所述波导的中心轴对齐。An image pickup device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a light condensing optical unit that condenses incident light; an image pickup unit including a solid-state image pickup device that receives the light condensed by the light condensing optical unit, and performs photoelectricity on the light converting; and a signal processing unit processing a signal obtained by photoelectric conversion of the solid-state image pickup device. The solid-state image pickup device includes: a pixel portion defined by unit pixels arranged in row and column directions of a semiconductor substrate. Each of the unit pixels includes: a photoelectric converter formed on the semiconductor substrate and converting incident light into signal charges; a waveguide formed over the photoelectric converter and guiding the incident light to the photoelectric converter; and a microlens formed above the waveguide and guiding incident light to a light incident side end of the waveguide. The waveguide has a cylindrical body having a constant cross-section from one end on the light incident side to one end on the light exit side, and the waveguide is arranged such that all light incident on the waveguide from the microlens The ray center of the incident light at one end on the incident side of the light is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide.

根据该实施例的图像拾取装置,因为使用了上述的固态图像拾取装置,限制了灵敏度的降低,并且来自微透镜的入射光线可以被有效地引导到波导。According to the image pickup device of this embodiment, since the above-described solid-state image pickup device is used, reduction in sensitivity is limited, and incident light from the microlens can be efficiently guided to the waveguide.

由于在固态图像拾取装置中甚至对波导执行光瞳校正,各种颜色的入射光线被完全地会聚到波导。因此,按照波长的由于阴影的颜色不均衡(颜色阴影)可以降低。由于减小了阴影,当将灵敏度限定为整个屏幕的输出平均值时,可以提高灵敏度。例如,可以减小暴光时间,并且可以执行黑暗环境中的图像捕获。Since pupil correction is performed even on the waveguide in the solid-state image pickup device, incident rays of each color are completely converged to the waveguide. Therefore, color unbalance due to shading (color shading) according to wavelength can be reduced. Sensitivity can be increased when limiting the sensitivity to the average of the output across the screen due to reduced shading. For example, exposure time can be reduced, and image capture in a dark environment can be performed.

根据制造固态图像拾取装置的方法,由于甚至对波导执行光瞳校正,各种颜色的入射光线被完全地会聚到波导。因此,按照波长的由于阴影的颜色不均衡(颜色阴影)可以降低。由于减小了阴影,当将灵敏度限定为整个屏幕的输出平均值时,可以提高灵敏度。例如,可以减小暴光时间,并且可以执行黑暗环境中的图像捕获。从而,不需要增加过程数目就可以降低色差的影响。According to the method of manufacturing the solid-state image pickup device, since pupil correction is performed even on the waveguide, incident rays of each color are completely converged to the waveguide. Therefore, color unbalance due to shading (color shading) according to wavelength can be reduced. Sensitivity can be increased when limiting the sensitivity to the average of the output across the screen due to reduced shading. For example, exposure time can be reduced, and image capture in a dark environment can be performed. Thus, the influence of chromatic aberration can be reduced without increasing the number of processes.

并且,在小型化的像素中,通过对每种颜色调节光瞳校正量来减小不进入波导的光线。可以降低阴影和颜色混合。Also, in a miniaturized pixel, the light that does not enter the waveguide is reduced by adjusting the pupil correction amount for each color. Shading and color blending can be reduced.

由于根据该实施例的图像拾取装置采用上述的固态图像拾取装置,按照波长的由于阴影的颜色不均衡(颜色阴影)可以降低。可以提高灵敏度,从而获得高质量的图像。Since the image pickup device according to this embodiment employs the above-described solid-state image pickup device, color unbalance due to shading (color shading) by wavelength can be reduced. Sensitivity can be increased to obtain high-quality images.

根据该固态图像拾取装置,到各个光电转换器的入射光线的入射效率可以相等。各个像素的光电转换器可以获得光学对称。例如,如果使用像素共享型固态图像拾取装置,减小或消除了非对称基底层的影响,输出相同的颜色信号的共同颜色像素之间的灵敏度的差别可以降低。此外,可以降低颜色阴影。According to the solid-state image pickup device, the incident efficiency of incident light rays to the respective photoelectric converters can be equalized. Optical symmetry can be obtained for the photoelectric converters of individual pixels. For example, if the influence of the asymmetrical base layer is reduced or eliminated using a pixel sharing type solid-state image pickup device, the difference in sensitivity between common color pixels outputting the same color signal can be reduced. Also, color shading can be reduced.

根据该电子装置,可以在固态图像拾取装置中各个像素的光电转换器中提供光学对称。可以提高电子装置的质量,并且提高其图像质量。According to the electronic device, optical symmetry can be provided in the photoelectric converters of the respective pixels in the solid-state image pickup device. The quality of the electronic device can be improved, and its image quality can be improved.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是示出了根据相关技术的其中两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的二像素共享型示例固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;1 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of an exemplary solid-state image pickup device of a two-pixel sharing type in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor according to the related art;

图2是示出了根据相关技术的其中两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的二像素共享型的另一个示例固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;2 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of another example solid-state image pickup device of a two-pixel sharing type in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor according to the related art;

图3A至图3C是示出根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第一示例结构的横截面示意图和平面布局示意图;3A to 3C are cross-sectional schematic diagrams and plan layout schematic diagrams showing a first example structure of a solid-state image pickup device according to a first embodiment of the present invention;

图4A和图4B是示出根据本发明的实施例计算光瞳校正量的示例方法的横截面示意图;4A and 4B are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating an example method of calculating a pupil correction amount according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图5A和图5B是示出根据相关技术的固态图像拾取装置的示例结构的横截面示意图;5A and 5B are schematic cross-sectional views showing an example structure of a solid-state image pickup device according to the related art;

图6A和图6B是示出根据相关技术的计算光瞳校正量的示例方法的横截面示意图;6A and 6B are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating an example method of calculating a pupil correction amount according to the related art;

图7A至图7C是示出对于各种颜色的波导的光瞳校正量的横截面示意图;7A to 7C are schematic cross-sectional views showing pupil correction amounts for waveguides of various colors;

图8是示出根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第二示例结构的平面布局示意图;8 is a schematic plan layout showing a second example structure of the solid-state image pickup device according to the first embodiment of the present invention;

图9A至图9C是示出根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第二示例结构的横截面示意图;9A to 9C are schematic cross-sectional views showing a second example structure of the solid-state image pickup device according to the first embodiment of the present invention;

图10A至图10D是示出根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第三示例结构的横截面示意图;10A to 10D are schematic cross-sectional views showing a third example structure of the solid-state image pickup device according to the first embodiment of the present invention;

图11是示出根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第三示例结构的横截面示意图;11 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a third example structure of the solid-state image pickup device according to the first embodiment of the present invention;

图12是示出根据本发明第二实施例的制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;12 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device according to a second embodiment of the present invention;

图13是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;13 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first example method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图14是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;14 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first example method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图15是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;15 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first example method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图16是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;16 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first example method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图17是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;17 is a cross-sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first example method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图18是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;18 is a cross-sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first example method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图19是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;19 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a first example method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图20是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;20 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in the first exemplary method of manufacturing the solid-state image pickup device;

图21是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;21 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in the first example method of manufacturing the solid-state image pickup device;

图22是示出根据本发明第二实施例的制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;22 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device according to a second embodiment of the present invention;

图23是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;23 is a cross-sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图24是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;24 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图25是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;25 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图26是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;26 is a cross-sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图27是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;27 is a sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图28是示出制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法中的制造步骤的截面图;28 is a cross-sectional view showing manufacturing steps in a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device;

图29是示出根据本发明第三实施例的示例图像拾取装置的框图;29 is a block diagram showing an exemplary image pickup device according to a third embodiment of the present invention;

图30是示出根据本发明第四实施例的固态图像拾取装置中的像素部分的结构示意图;30 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a pixel portion in a solid-state image pickup device according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;

图31A和31B是示出根据本发明第四实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;31A and 31B are schematic configuration diagrams showing main parts of a solid-state image pickup device according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;

图32是沿图31A中的XXXII-XXXII所取的横截面视图;Figure 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along XXXII-XXXII in Figure 31A;

图33是绘出根据图31A和31B中所示的第四实施例的绿色像素Gb和Gr的波长和输出的曲线;33 is a graph plotting wavelength and output of green pixels Gb and Gr according to the fourth embodiment shown in FIGS. 31A and 31B;

图34A和图34B是示出根据本发明第五实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;34A and 34B are schematic configuration diagrams showing main parts of a solid-state image pickup device according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention;

图35是示出根据本发明第六实施例的最终状态下的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;35 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device in a final state according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention;

图36A和36B是示出根据第六实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分以解释波导的运动的结构视图;36A and 36B are structural views showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a sixth embodiment to explain movement of a waveguide;

图37是示出根据本发明第七实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;37 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention;

图38是示出根据用于说明第七实施例的对比示例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构视图;38 is a structural view showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a comparative example for explaining the seventh embodiment;

图39A和图39B是示出根据本发明第八实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;39A and 39B are schematic configuration diagrams showing main parts of a solid-state image pickup device according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention;

图40A和图40B是示出根据第八实施例的用于描述波导的光瞳校正的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的横截面示意图;40A and 40B are schematic cross-sectional views showing main parts of a solid-state image pickup device for describing pupil correction of a waveguide according to an eighth embodiment;

图41A至图41C是示出根据第八实施例的用于描述波导的光瞳校正的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的横截面视图;41A to 41C are cross-sectional views showing main parts of a solid-state image pickup device for describing pupil correction of a waveguide according to an eighth embodiment;

图42A和图42B是示出根据第八实施例的用于描述波导的光瞳校正的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的平面图;42A and 42B are plan views showing main parts of a solid-state image pickup device for describing pupil correction of a waveguide according to an eighth embodiment;

图43是示出根据第八实施例的用于描述波导的光瞳校正的固态图像拾取装置的像素部分的平面图;43 is a plan view showing a pixel portion of a solid-state image pickup device for describing pupil correction of a waveguide according to an eighth embodiment;

图44是示出根据本发明第九实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;44 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention;

图45是示出根据用于说明第九实施例的对比示例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构视图;45 is a structural view showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a comparative example for explaining the ninth embodiment;

图46是示出根据本发明第十实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;46 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a tenth embodiment of the present invention;

图47A和图47B分别是是沿图46中的XLVIIA-XLVIIA和线XLVIIB-XLVIIB所取的横截面示意图;Fig. 47A and Fig. 47B are respectively the schematic cross-sectional views taken along XLVIIA-XLVIIA and line XLVIIB-XLVIIB in Fig. 46;

图48是示出根据用于说明第十实施例的对比示例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构视图;48 is a structural view showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a comparative example for explaining the tenth embodiment;

图49A和图49B分别是是沿图48中的XLIXA-XLIXA和线XLIXB-XLIXB所取的横截面示意图;Fig. 49A and Fig. 49B are the cross-sectional diagrams taken along XLIXA-XLIXA and line XLIXB-XLIXB in Fig. 48 respectively;

图50是示出根据本发明第十一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;FIG. 50 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to an eleventh embodiment of the present invention;

图51A和图51B分别是是沿图50中的LIA-LIA和线LIB-LIB所取的横截面示意图;51A and FIG. 51B are schematic cross-sectional views taken along LIA-LIA and line LIB-LIB in FIG. 50, respectively;

图52是示出根据用于说明第十一实施例的对比示例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构视图;52 is a structural view showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a comparative example for explaining the eleventh embodiment;

图53A和图53B分别是是沿图52中的LIIIA-LIIIA和线LIIIB-LIIIB所取的横截面示意图;53A and 53B are schematic cross-sectional views taken along line LIIIA-LIIIA and line LIIIB-LIIIB in FIG. 52, respectively;

图54是示出根据本发明第十二实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;54 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a twelfth embodiment of the present invention;

图55A和图55B分别是是沿图54中的LVA-LVA和线LVB-LVB所取的横截面示意图;55A and 55B are schematic cross-sectional views taken along LVA-LVA and line LVB-LVB in FIG. 54, respectively;

图56是示出根据用于说明第十二实施例的对比示例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构视图;56 is a structural view showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a comparative example for explaining the twelfth embodiment;

图57A和图57B分别是是沿图56中的LVIIA-LVIIA和线LVIIB-LVIIB所取的横截面示意图;Fig. 57A and Fig. 57B are respectively the cross-sectional diagrams taken along LVIIA-LVIIA and line LVIIB-LVIIB in Fig. 56;

图58是示出根据本发明第十三实施例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;58 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

图59A和图59B分别是是沿图58中的LIXA-LIXA和线LIXB-LIXB所取的横截面示意图;Fig. 59A and Fig. 59B are respectively the cross-sectional diagrams taken along LIXA-LIXA and line LIXB-LIXB in Fig. 58;

图60是示出作为根据本发明第十四实施例的固态图像拾取装置的示例颜色滤光片的拜耳型颜色滤光片的结构示意图;60 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a Bayer-type color filter as an example color filter of a solid-state image pickup device according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

图61是示出作为根据本发明第十四实施例的固态图像拾取装置的另一示例颜色滤光片的蜂窝型颜色滤光片的结构示意图;61 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a honeycomb-type color filter as another example of a color filter of a solid-state image pickup device according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

图62是示出根据对比示例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;62 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a main part of a solid-state image pickup device according to a comparative example;

图63是沿图62中的LXIII-LXIII所取的横截面示意图;Figure 63 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along LXIII-LXIII in Figure 62;

图64是绘出根据图62中所示的对比示例的绿色像素Gb和Gr的波长和输出的曲线;FIG. 64 is a graph plotting wavelengths and outputs of the green pixels Gb and Gr according to the comparative example shown in FIG. 62;

图65A和图65B是示出根据对比示例的固态图像拾取装置的主要部分的结构示意图;并且65A and 65B are schematic configuration diagrams showing main parts of a solid-state image pickup device according to a comparative example; and

图66是示出根据本发明第十五实施例的电子装置的结构示意图。FIG. 66 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an electronic device according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present invention.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

以下将描述本发明的实施例。Embodiments of the present invention will be described below.

1.第一实施例1. The first embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的第一示例结构First example structure of solid-state image pickup device

将参照图3A至图3C的横截面示意图和平面布局示意图描述根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第一示例结构。图3A示出了象角中心处的单元像素,图3B示出了象角边缘处的单元像素,图3C示出了包括多个单元像素的像素部分。A first example structure of the solid-state image pickup device according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to schematic cross-sectional views and schematic plan layouts of FIGS. 3A to 3C . FIG. 3A shows a unit pixel at the center of an image corner, FIG. 3B shows a unit pixel at an edge of an image corner, and FIG. 3C shows a pixel portion including a plurality of unit pixels.

以下,附图标记1表示固态图像拾取装置,11表示半导体基底,12表示光电转换器,14表示中间层绝缘膜,16表示波导,17表示颜色滤光片层,18表示微透镜,19表示波导孔,20表示像素部分,21表示单元像素,53表示波导材料膜,200表示图像拾取装置,201表示图像拾取单元,202表示光线会聚光学单元,203表示信号处理单元,并且210(1)表示固态图像拾取装置。Hereinafter, reference numeral 1 denotes a solid-state image pickup device, 11 denotes a semiconductor substrate, 12 denotes a photoelectric converter, 14 denotes an interlayer insulating film, 16 denotes a waveguide, 17 denotes a color filter layer, 18 denotes a microlens, and 19 denotes a waveguide hole, 20 denotes a pixel portion, 21 denotes a unit pixel, 53 denotes a waveguide material film, 200 denotes an image pickup device, 201 denotes an image pickup unit, 202 denotes a light condensing optical unit, 203 denotes a signal processing unit, and 210(1) denotes a solid state Image pickup device.

参照图3A至图3C,光电转换器12形成在半导体基底11的表面(光线入射侧)上。光电转换器12将入射光线转换为信号电荷。半导体基底11使用硅基底。或者,半导体基底11可以使用绝缘体上硅(SOI)基底。在这种情况下,光电转换器12形成在SOI基底的硅层上。布线层13形成在光电转换器12上方。例如,布线层13形成为使得包括布线部分15的多个层形成在中间层绝缘膜14中。布线部分15不形成在光电转换器12上方的区域中。中间层绝缘膜14的表面平面化。Referring to FIGS. 3A to 3C , a photoelectric converter 12 is formed on the surface (light incident side) of a semiconductor substrate 11 . The photoelectric converter 12 converts incident light into signal charges. A silicon substrate is used for the semiconductor substrate 11 . Alternatively, the semiconductor substrate 11 may use a silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrate. In this case, the photoelectric converter 12 is formed on the silicon layer of the SOI substrate. The wiring layer 13 is formed over the photoelectric converter 12 . For example, the wiring layer 13 is formed such that a plurality of layers including the wiring portion 15 are formed in the interlayer insulating film 14 . The wiring portion 15 is not formed in the region above the photoelectric converter 12 . The surface of the interlayer insulating film 14 is planarized.

此外,波导16形成在光电转换器12上方的区域中的布线层13中。波导16将入射光线引导到光电转换器12。波导16形成为使得在光电转换器12上方的区域中的中间层绝缘膜14中形成波导孔,并且波导孔充填有折射率大于中间层绝缘膜14的透光材料。该材料例如是氮化硅膜、金刚石膜或树脂膜。Furthermore, a waveguide 16 is formed in the wiring layer 13 in a region above the photoelectric converter 12 . The waveguide 16 guides the incident light to the photoelectric converter 12 . The waveguide 16 is formed such that a waveguide hole is formed in the interlayer insulating film 14 in a region above the photoelectric converter 12 , and the waveguide hole is filled with a light-transmitting material having a higher refractive index than the interlayer insulating film 14 . The material is, for example, a silicon nitride film, a diamond film, or a resin film.

微透镜18(也称为片上透镜)通过其间夹着颜色滤光片层17在波导16上方的区域中形成在中间层绝缘膜14上。颜色滤光片层17分开入射光线。微透镜18将从颜色滤光片层17发出的入射光线引导到波导16的光线入射侧的一端。微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17经历光瞳校正以有效地会聚甚至倾斜光线。光瞳校正量从象角的中心(例如,像素部分的中心)朝向象角的边缘变大。颜色滤光片层17将入射光线分为例如红光、绿光和蓝光。从而,提供了用于各种颜色的颜色滤光片。微透镜18也称为片上透镜。微透镜18具有凸透镜的形状并且设置在顶层中。A microlens 18 (also referred to as an on-chip lens) is formed on the interlayer insulating film 14 in a region above the waveguide 16 with the color filter layer 17 interposed therebetween. The color filter layer 17 separates the incident light. The microlens 18 guides incident light emitted from the color filter layer 17 to one end of the waveguide 16 on the light incident side. The microlenses 18 and color filter layer 17 undergo pupil correction to efficiently converge and even oblique light rays. The pupil correction amount becomes larger from the center of the image angle (for example, the center of the pixel portion) toward the edge of the image angle. The color filter layer 17 divides the incident light into red light, green light and blue light, for example. Thus, color filters for various colors are provided. The microlens 18 is also called an on-chip lens. The microlens 18 has a shape of a convex lens and is provided in the top layer.

光电转换器12、波导16、颜色滤光片层17、微透镜18和传输栅(未图示)等限定单元像素21。多个这样的单元像素21设置在半导体基底11的行和列方向上,并且限定像素部分20。像素放大单元(未图示,也称为像素晶体管单元)用于每个单元像素、每两个单元像素或每四个单元像素。像素放大单元将传输栅读取的信号电荷放大并输出放大的信号电荷。A photoelectric converter 12 , a waveguide 16 , a color filter layer 17 , a microlens 18 , a transmission grid (not shown), and the like define a unit pixel 21 . A plurality of such unit pixels 21 are arranged in the row and column directions of the semiconductor substrate 11 and define the pixel portion 20 . A pixel amplification unit (not shown, also referred to as a pixel transistor unit) is used for each unit pixel, every two unit pixels or every four unit pixels. The pixel amplification unit amplifies the signal charge read by the transfer gate and outputs the amplified signal charge.

波导16形成在像素部分20中以分别对应光电转换器12。每个波导16具有柱形主体,从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面。例如,具有恒定的横截面的柱形主体可以是圆柱体或椭圆柱体(包括椭圆柱)。或者,波导16可以是圆抹角的棱柱。入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线中心LC与波导16的中心轴C对齐。Waveguides 16 are formed in the pixel portions 20 to correspond to the photoelectric converters 12, respectively. Each waveguide 16 has a cylindrical body with a constant cross section from the light incident side end to the light exit side end. For example, a cylindrical body of constant cross-section may be a cylinder or an elliptical cylinder (including elliptical cylinders). Alternatively, waveguide 16 may be a rounded prism. The ray center LC of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 .

在这种情况下,在象角的中心处的单元像素21中(参见图3A),入射光线在中心轴方向入射在微透镜18上。由微透镜18会聚的入射光线传递通过颜色滤光片层17并被它分开,并且入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上。入射光线沿波导16的中心轴C被引导并且从波导16的光线出射侧一端出射。光线射在光电转换器12的中心。即,传递通过微透镜18的中心的入射光线沿着颜色滤光片层17的中心和波导16的中心轴C传递,并且射在光电转换器12的中心。从而,没有对波导16执行光瞳校正。In this case, in the unit pixel 21 (see FIG. 3A ) at the center of the image angle, incident light is incident on the microlens 18 in the central axis direction. The incident light condensed by the microlens 18 passes through and is separated by the color filter layer 17 , and is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . The incident light is guided along the central axis C of the waveguide 16 and exits from the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 . The light hits the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . That is, incident light passing through the center of the microlens 18 passes along the center of the color filter layer 17 and the central axis C of the waveguide 16 , and is incident on the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . Thus, no pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 16 .

在位于从象角的中心偏移的位置处的单元像素21中(参见图3B),如上所述,微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17经历光瞳校正以有效地会聚甚至倾斜光线。并且,波导16设置为使得入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端的入射光线的射线中心LC与波导16的中心轴C对齐。即,已经为波导16执行光瞳校正。In the unit pixel 21 located at a position shifted from the center of the image angle (see FIG. 3B ), as described above, the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 undergo pupil correction to effectively converge and even oblique light rays. Also, the waveguide 16 is arranged such that the ray center LC of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 . That is, pupil correction has been performed for the waveguide 16 .

在像素部分20中,其上入射具有相等的波长的入射光线的光电转换器12中,每个波导16的中心轴C相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心的偏移量从像素部分20的中心朝向外侧变大。即,由微透镜18会聚的入射光线的入射角从像素部分20的中心朝向外侧变大。已经对微透镜18执行光瞳校正,然而光瞳校正量不足够。鉴于此,对于具有相等的波长的入射光线,波导16的中心轴相对于光电转换器12的中心的偏移量增大,从而来自微透镜18的光线的射线中心与波导16的中心轴C对齐。In the pixel portion 20, in the photoelectric converters 12 on which incident rays having equal wavelengths are incident, the center axis C of each waveguide 16 with respect to the center of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12 is shifted from that of the pixel portion 20 to The center becomes larger toward the outside. That is, the incident angle of the incident light condensed by the microlens 18 becomes larger from the center of the pixel portion 20 toward the outside. Pupil correction has been performed on the microlens 18, however the pupil correction amount is insufficient. In view of this, for incident rays having equal wavelengths, the offset of the central axis of the waveguide 16 relative to the center of the photoelectric converter 12 increases so that the ray center of the light from the microlens 18 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 .

波导16的直径允许来自波导16的光线出射侧一端的入射光线射在光电转换器12的表面内的区域上。从而,波导16的尺寸不等于光电转换器12的表面的尺寸,这与相关技术的波导不同。波导16的直径理想地大于传递通过波导16的光线入射侧一端上的颜色滤光片层17的入射光线的光点直径。光点直径按照入射光线的波长而变化。例如,当颜色滤光片层17将入射光线分为红光、绿光和蓝光时,绿光的光点直径小于红光的光点直径,并且蓝光的光点直径小于绿光的光点直径。如果波导16的直径按照颜色而确定,总局将变得复杂。在一些情况中,波导16可以到达布线层13的布线部分15。例如,波导16的直径基于具有入射光线的中间波长范围的绿光而确定。或者,如果在波导16和布线层13的布线部分15之间设置边缘,那么波导16的直径可以基于红光来确定。The diameter of the waveguide 16 allows incident light from the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 to impinge on an area within the surface of the photoelectric converter 12 . Thus, the size of the waveguide 16 is not equal to the size of the surface of the photoelectric converter 12, unlike the waveguide of the related art. The diameter of the waveguide 16 is desirably larger than the spot diameter of incident light passing through the color filter layer 17 on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . The spot diameter varies according to the wavelength of the incident light. For example, when the color filter layer 17 divides the incident light into red light, green light and blue light, the spot diameter of green light is smaller than that of red light, and the spot diameter of blue light is smaller than that of green light . If the diameter of the waveguide 16 is determined by color, the overall situation will become complicated. In some cases, the waveguide 16 may reach the wiring portion 15 of the wiring layer 13 . For example, the diameter of the waveguide 16 is determined based on green light having an intermediate wavelength range of the incident light rays. Alternatively, if an edge is provided between the waveguide 16 and the wiring portion 15 of the wiring layer 13, the diameter of the waveguide 16 can be determined based on red light.

如上所述,通过将波导16的直径减小到小于相关技术的波导的直径,可以增大用于光瞳校正的边缘。此外,通过减小围绕波导16设置的布线部分15的宽度,可以进一步增大用于光瞳校正的边缘。例如,可以在对于过程可能的范围内减小布线部分15的行宽度,该范围防止由于布线部分15的电阻增大(因为行宽度减小)而发生时钟延迟。例如,如果布线部分15的行宽度减小10nm,那么用于光瞳校正的边缘可以增加10nm。As described above, by reducing the diameter of the waveguide 16 to be smaller than that of the related art waveguide, the margin for pupil correction can be increased. Furthermore, by reducing the width of the wiring portion 15 provided around the waveguide 16, the margin for pupil correction can be further increased. For example, the row width of the wiring portion 15 can be reduced within a range possible for the process that prevents clock delay from occurring due to an increase in the resistance of the wiring portion 15 (because the row width is reduced). For example, if the row width of the wiring portion 15 is reduced by 10 nm, the margin for pupil correction can be increased by 10 nm.

固态图像拾取装置1(1A)如上述构成。The solid-state image pickup device 1 ( 1A) is configured as described above.

光瞳校正的示例计算Example Calculations for Pupil Correction

接下来,将参照图4A和图4B中的示意性横截面视图描述计算固态图像拾取装置1的光瞳校正量的示例方法。图4A示出了象角中心处的单元像素。图4B示出了象角边缘处的单元像素。Next, an example method of calculating the pupil correction amount of the solid-state image pickup device 1 will be described with reference to schematic cross-sectional views in FIGS. 4A and 4B . Fig. 4A shows a unit pixel at the center of the image angle. Fig. 4B shows unit pixels at the corner edges.

参照图4A,在象角的中心处的单元像素21中,入射光线在中心轴方向入射在微透镜18上。由微透镜18会聚的入射光线传递通过颜色滤光片层17并被它分开,并且入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上。入射光线沿波导16的中心轴C被引导并且从波导16的光线出射侧一端出射。光线射在光电转换器12的中心。即,传递通过微透镜18的中心的入射光线沿着颜色滤光片层17的中心和波导16的中心轴C传递,并且射在光电转换器12的中心。从而,没有对波导16执行光瞳校正。Referring to FIG. 4A, in the unit pixel 21 at the center of the image angle, incident light is incident on the microlens 18 in the central axis direction. The incident light condensed by the microlens 18 passes through and is separated by the color filter layer 17 , and is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . The incident light is guided along the central axis C of the waveguide 16 and exits from the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 . The light hits the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . That is, incident light passing through the center of the microlens 18 passes along the center of the color filter layer 17 and the central axis C of the waveguide 16 , and is incident on the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . Thus, no pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 16 .

相比之下,在象角边缘处的单元像素21中,参见图4B,计算入射在微透镜18上的入射光线的入射角θ1例如是θ1=25°的位置处的光瞳校正量。In contrast, in the unit pixel 21 at the edge of the image angle, referring to FIG. 4B , the pupil correction amount is calculated at a position where the incident angle θ1 of the incident ray incident on the microlens 18 is, for example, θ1=25°.

微透镜18的折射率n是n=1.5。The refractive index n of the microlens 18 is n=1.5.

如果微透镜18的环境的折射率n0是n0=1,并且微透镜18的折射率n1是n1=1.6,那么建立以下的关系:If the refractive index n0 of the environment of the microlens 18 is n0=1, and the refractive index n1 of the microlens 18 is n1=1.6, then the following relationship is established:

sinθ2=(n0/n1)×sinθ1sinθ2=(n0/n1)×sinθ1

如果θ1=25°,那么结果为:If θ1=25°, then the result is:

θ2=sin-1{(n0/n1)×sinθ1}θ2=sin -1 {(n0/n1)×sinθ1}

=sin-1{(1/1.6)×sin25}=sin -1 {(1/1.6)×sin25}

=15.3°=15.3°

例如,当波导16的光线入射侧一端作为参考位置(参考层)时,高度h1表示从参考位置到微透镜18的形成平面的高度,并且高度h2表示从参考位置到颜色滤光片层17的入射表面的高度。For example, when one end of the light incident side of the waveguide 16 is used as the reference position (reference layer), the height h1 represents the height from the reference position to the formation plane of the microlens 18, and the height h2 represents the height from the reference position to the color filter layer 17. The height of the incident surface.

例如,假设h1=2μm、h2=1.5μm。在这种情况下,波导16的中心轴C和微透镜18的中心轴LC之间的偏差X_OCL′如下:For example, assume that h1 = 2 μm, h2 = 1.5 μm. In this case, the deviation X_OCL' between the central axis C of the waveguide 16 and the central axis LC of the microlens 18 is as follows:

X_OCL′=h1×tanθ2+X_WGX_OCL'=h1×tanθ2+X_WG

=2×tan15.3°+X_WG=2×tan15.3°+X_WG

=0.547μm+X_WG=0.547μm+X_WG

其中,X_WG是光电转换器12的中心和波导16的中心轴C之间的偏差。Here, X_WG is the deviation between the center of the photoelectric converter 12 and the central axis C of the waveguide 16 .

并且,波导16的中心轴C和颜色滤光片层17的中心轴FC之间的偏差X_CF′如下:And, the deviation X_CF' between the central axis C of the waveguide 16 and the central axis FC of the color filter layer 17 is as follows:

X_CF′=h2×tanθ2+X_WGX_CF'=h2×tanθ2+X_WG

=1.5×tan15.3°+X_WG=1.5×tan15.3°+X_WG

=0.411μm+X_WG=0.411μm+X_WG

如果波导16的光线出射侧一端处的衍射角θ3是θ3=13.0°,那么到光电转换器12的表面的衍射宽度W为如下:If the diffraction angle θ3 at one end of the light exit side of the waveguide 16 is θ3=13.0°, then the diffraction width W to the surface of the photoelectric converter 12 is as follows:

W=h3×tanθ3。W=h3×tanθ3.

如果从光电转换器12到波导16的光线出射侧一端的距离h3例如是h3=0.5μm,那么结果为如下:If the distance h3 from the photoelectric converter 12 to the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 is, for example, h3=0.5 μm, the result is as follows:

W=h3×tanθ3=0.5×tan13.0°=0.115μmW=h3×tanθ3=0.5×tan13.0°=0.115μm

例如,如果光电转换器12的宽度PD是PD=1.1μm,并且波导16的直径WG′是WG′=0.6μm,那么从衍射光线端到邻近光电转换器12形成的传输栅的半导体基底11的表面上的投影位置的距离α表示为如下:(PD-WG′)/2>W+αFor example, if the width PD of the photoelectric converter 12 is PD=1.1 μm, and the diameter WG' of the waveguide 16 is WG'=0.6 μm, then the The distance α of the projected position on the surface is expressed as follows: (PD-WG′)/2>W+α

根据该表达式,值变为如下:According to this expression, the value becomes as follows:

(1.1-0.6)/2>0.11+α(1.1-0.6)/2>0.11+α

在达到以下条件之前可以提供光瞳校正X_WG,Pupil correction X_WG can be provided until the following conditions are met,

α<0.25-0.115=0.135μmα<0.25-0.115=0.135μm

接下来,将描述计算衍射角θ3的方法。Next, a method of calculating the diffraction angle θ3 will be described.

基于杨氏实施,如果d等于像素间距×2,n等于1(一阶衍射光),并且λ是入射光线的波长,提供如下表达式:Based on Young's implementation, if d is equal to the pixel pitch × 2, n is equal to 1 (first-order diffracted light), and λ is the wavelength of the incident light, the following expression is provided:

d×sinθ=nλd×sinθ=nλ

因此,结果为如下:Therefore, the result is as follows:

θ=sin-1(nλ/d)θ=sin -1 (nλ/d)

例如,如果d=1.4μm×2=2.80μm并且n=1,并且如果红光的波长λ为λ=630nm(红),那么红光的衍射角θ为如下:For example, if d=1.4 μm×2=2.80 μm and n=1, and if the wavelength λ of red light is λ=630 nm (red), then the diffraction angle θ of red light is as follows:

θ=sin-1(0.63/2.8)=13.00°θ=sin -1 (0.63/2.8)=13.00°

作为参照,如果蓝光的波长λblue为λblue=450nm(蓝),那么蓝光的衍射角为如下:As a reference, if the wavelength λblue of blue light is λblue=450nm (blue), then the diffraction angle of blue light is as follows:

θblue=sin-1(0.45/2.8)=9.25°θblue=sin -1 (0.45/2.8)=9.25°

并且,如果绿光的波长λgreen为λgreen=550nm(绿),那么绿光的衍射角为如下:And, if the wavelength λgreen of the green light is λgreen=550nm (green), the diffraction angle of the green light is as follows:

θgreen=sin-1(0.55/2.8)=11.33°θgreen=sin -1 (0.55/2.8)=11.33°

接下来,将参照图5A和图5B中的示意性横截面视图描述作为对比示例的根据相关技术的固态图像拾取装置的结构。图5A示出了象角中心处的单元像素。图5B示出了象角边缘处的单元像素。Next, the structure of a solid-state image pickup device according to the related art as a comparative example will be described with reference to schematic cross-sectional views in FIGS. 5A and 5B . Fig. 5A shows a unit pixel at the center of the image angle. Fig. 5B shows unit pixels at the corner edges.

参照图5A和图5B,在单元像素21中,光电转换器12形成在半导体基底11的表面(光线入射侧)上。光电转换器12将入射光线转换为信号电荷。布线层13形成在光电转换器12上方。例如,布线层13形成为使得包括布线部分15的多个层形成在中间层绝缘膜14中。布线部分15不形成在光电转换器12上方的区域中。中间层绝缘膜14的表面平面化。Referring to FIGS. 5A and 5B , in a unit pixel 21 , a photoelectric converter 12 is formed on the surface (light incident side) of a semiconductor substrate 11 . The photoelectric converter 12 converts incident light into signal charges. The wiring layer 13 is formed over the photoelectric converter 12 . For example, the wiring layer 13 is formed such that a plurality of layers including the wiring portion 15 are formed in the interlayer insulating film 14 . The wiring portion 15 is not formed in the region above the photoelectric converter 12 . The surface of the interlayer insulating film 14 is planarized.

此外,波导16形成在光电转换器12上方的区域中的布线层13中。波导16将入射光线引导到光电转换器12。微透镜18(也称为片上透镜)通过其间夹着颜色滤光片层17在波导16上方的区域中形成在中间层绝缘膜14上。颜色滤光片层17分开入射光线。微透镜18将从颜色滤光片层17发出的入射光线引导到波导16的光线入射侧的一端。颜色滤光片层17将入射光线分为例如红光、绿光和蓝光。从而,提供了用于各种颜色的颜色滤光片。微透镜18也称为片上透镜。微透镜18具有凸透镜的形状并且设置在顶层中。Furthermore, a waveguide 16 is formed in the wiring layer 13 in a region above the photoelectric converter 12 . The waveguide 16 guides the incident light to the photoelectric converter 12 . A microlens 18 (also referred to as an on-chip lens) is formed on the interlayer insulating film 14 in a region above the waveguide 16 with the color filter layer 17 interposed therebetween. The color filter layer 17 separates the incident light. The microlens 18 guides incident light emitted from the color filter layer 17 to one end of the waveguide 16 on the light incident side. The color filter layer 17 divides the incident light into red light, green light and blue light, for example. Thus, color filters for various colors are provided. The microlens 18 is also called an on-chip lens. The microlens 18 has a shape of a convex lens and is provided in the top layer.

参照图5A,在象角的中心处的单元像素21中,入射光线在中心轴方向入射在微透镜18上。由微透镜18会聚的入射光线传递通过颜色滤光片层17并被它分开,并且入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上。入射光线沿波导16的中心轴C被引导并且从波导16的光线出射侧一端出射。光线射在光电转换器12的中心。即,传递通过微透镜18的中心的入射光线沿着颜色滤光片层17的中心和波导16的中心轴C传递,并且射在光电转换器12的中心。从而,没有对微透镜18或颜色滤光片层17执行光瞳校正。Referring to FIG. 5A, in the unit pixel 21 at the center of the image angle, incident light is incident on the microlens 18 in the central axis direction. The incident light condensed by the microlens 18 passes through and is separated by the color filter layer 17 , and is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . The incident light is guided along the central axis C of the waveguide 16 and exits from the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 . The light hits the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . That is, incident light passing through the center of the microlens 18 passes along the center of the color filter layer 17 and the central axis C of the waveguide 16 , and is incident on the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . Thus, no pupil correction is performed on the microlenses 18 or the color filter layer 17 .

相比之下,参见图5B,在位于从象角的中心偏移的位置处的单元像素21中,微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17经历光瞳校正以有效地会聚甚至倾斜光线。光瞳校正量从象角的中心朝向象角的边缘增大。In contrast, referring to FIG. 5B , in the unit pixel 21 located at a position offset from the center of the image angle, the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 undergo pupil correction to effectively converge or even oblique light rays. The pupil correction amount increases from the center of the image angle toward the edges of the image angle.

接下来,将参照图6A和图6B中的示意性横截面视图描述根据对比示例的计算光瞳校正量的示例方法。图6A示出了象角中心处的单元像素。图6B示出了象角边缘处的单元像素。Next, an example method of calculating a pupil correction amount according to a comparative example will be described with reference to schematic cross-sectional views in FIGS. 6A and 6B . Fig. 6A shows a unit pixel at the center of the image angle. Fig. 6B shows unit pixels at the corner edges.

参照图6A,在象角的中心处的单元像素21中,入射光线在中心轴方向入射在微透镜18上。由微透镜18会聚的入射光线传递通过颜色滤光片层17并被它分开,并且入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上。入射光线沿波导16的中心轴C被引导并且从波导16的光线出射侧一端出射。光线射在光电转换器12的中心。即,传递通过微透镜18的中心的入射光线沿着颜色滤光片层17的中心和波导16的中心轴C传递,并且射在光电转换器12的中心。从而,没有对波导16执行光瞳校正。Referring to FIG. 6A, in the unit pixel 21 at the center of the image angle, incident light is incident on the microlens 18 in the central axis direction. The incident light condensed by the microlens 18 passes through and is separated by the color filter layer 17 , and is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . The incident light is guided along the central axis C of the waveguide 16 and exits from the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 . The light hits the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . That is, incident light passing through the center of the microlens 18 passes along the center of the color filter layer 17 and the central axis C of the waveguide 16 , and is incident on the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . Thus, no pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 16 .

相比之下,参见图6B,在相关技术的固态图像拾取装置中,即使在象角边缘处的单元像素21中也没对波导16执行光瞳校正。这里,计算入射在微透镜18上的入射光线的入射角θ1例如是θ1=25°的位置处的对于微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17的光瞳校正量。In contrast, referring to FIG. 6B , in the solid-state image pickup device of the related art, pupil correction is not performed on the waveguide 16 even in the unit pixel 21 at the edge of the image angle. Here, the pupil correction amount for the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 is calculated at a position where the incident angle θ1 of the incident ray incident on the microlens 18 is, for example, θ1=25°.

例如,微透镜18的F数是F=2.8,并且微透镜18的折射率n是n=1.5。For example, the F-number of the microlens 18 is F=2.8, and the refractive index n of the microlens 18 is n=1.5.

并且,边缘射线的角度θ3是θ3=6.8°。Also, the angle θ3 of the edge ray is θ3=6.8°.

如果微透镜18的环境的折射率n0是n0=1,并且微透镜18的折射率n1是n1=1.6,建立以下关系:If the refractive index n0 of the environment of the microlens 18 is n0=1, and the refractive index n1 of the microlens 18 is n1=1.6, the following relationship is established:

sinθ2=(n0/n1)×sinθ1sinθ2=(n0/n1)×sinθ1

如果θ1=25°,结果如下:If θ1=25°, the result is as follows:

θ2=sin-1{(n0/n1)×sinθ1}θ2=sin -1 {(n0/n1)×sinθ1}

=sin-1{(1/1.6)×sin25}=sin -1 {(1/1.6)×sin25}

=15.3°=15.3°

例如,当波导16的光线入射侧一端作为参考位置(参考层)时,高度h1表示从参考位置到微透镜18的形成平面的高度,并且高度h2表示从参考位置到颜色滤光片层17的入射表面的高度。For example, when one end of the light incident side of the waveguide 16 is used as the reference position (reference layer), the height h1 represents the height from the reference position to the formation plane of the microlens 18, and the height h2 represents the height from the reference position to the color filter layer 17. The height of the incident surface.

例如,假设h1=2μm、h2=1.5μm。在这种情况下,波导16的中心轴C(光电转换器的中心)和微透镜18的中心轴LC之间的偏差X_OCL如下:For example, assume that h1 = 2 μm, h2 = 1.5 μm. In this case, the deviation X_OCL between the central axis C of the waveguide 16 (the center of the photoelectric converter) and the central axis LC of the microlens 18 is as follows:

X_OCL=h1×tanθ2=2×tan15.3°=0.547μmX_OCL=h1×tanθ2=2×tan15.3°=0.547μm

并且,波导16的中心轴C和颜色滤光片层17的中心轴FC之间的偏差X_CF如下:And, the deviation X_CF between the central axis C of the waveguide 16 and the central axis FC of the color filter layer 17 is as follows:

X_CF=h2×tanθ2=1.5×tan15.3°=0.411μmX_CF=h2×tanθ2=1.5×tan15.3°=0.411μm

在该实施例中,没有对波导16执行光瞳校正。从而,可能发生参照图3A至图3C所描述的问题。In this embodiment, no pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 16 . Thus, the problems described with reference to FIGS. 3A to 3C may occur.

在固态图像拾取装置1中,波导16具有柱形主体,从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面。垂直地入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的光线没有被波导16的侧壁反射,而是传递通过波导16。由于光线没有被波导16的侧壁反射,限制了灵敏度的降低。并且,由于入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线中心与波导16的中心轴对齐,入射光线被有效地引导到波导16。即,甚至对波导16执行光瞳校正。In the solid-state image pickup device 1, the waveguide 16 has a cylindrical body with a constant cross section from the light incident side end to the light light exit side end. The light rays perpendicularly incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 are not reflected by the side walls of the waveguide 16 but pass through the waveguide 16 . Since the light is not reflected by the side walls of the waveguide 16, the reduction in sensitivity is limited. Also, since the ray center of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide 16 , the incident light is efficiently guided to the waveguide 16 . That is, pupil correction is performed even on the waveguide 16 .

由于在固态图像拾取装置1中甚至对波导16执行光瞳校正,各种颜色的入射光线被完全地会聚到波导16。因此,按照波长的由于阴影的颜色不均衡(颜色阴影)可以降低。Since pupil correction is performed even on the waveguide 16 in the solid-state image pickup device 1 , incident rays of each color are completely converged to the waveguide 16 . Therefore, color unbalance due to shading (color shading) according to wavelength can be reduced.

此外,从光电转换器12的表面到波导16的光线出射侧一端的距离应该是预定的距离,以防止白斑出现。例如,如果形成在光电转换器12和波导16之间的中间层绝缘膜14由氧化硅制成,那么从光电转换器12到波导16的距离可以是例如约500nm。In addition, the distance from the surface of the photoelectric converter 12 to the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 should be a predetermined distance in order to prevent the occurrence of white spots. For example, if interlayer insulating film 14 formed between photoelectric converter 12 and waveguide 16 is made of silicon oxide, the distance from photoelectric converter 12 to waveguide 16 may be, for example, about 500 nm.

波导16的直径确定为使得从波导16的光线出射侧一端射出并且由于衍射而具有漫射性能的入射光线射在光电转换器12的表面内的区域上。从而,由于从波导16射出的光线的漫射部分还射在光电转换器12上,所以提高了灵敏度。The diameter of the waveguide 16 is determined such that incident light exiting from the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 and having a diffuse property due to diffraction strikes an area within the surface of the photoelectric converter 12 . Thus, since the diffused portion of the light emitted from the waveguide 16 also impinges on the photoelectric converter 12, the sensitivity is improved.

由于减小了阴影,当将灵敏度限定为整个屏幕的输出平均值时,可以提高灵敏度,并且可以减小暴光时间。作为实际结果,绿光的灵敏度提高了4%,红光的灵敏度提高了3%,蓝光的灵敏度提高了2%。Sensitivity can be increased and exposure time can be reduced when limiting sensitivity to the average output across the screen due to reduced shading. As a practical result, the sensitivity increased by 4% for green light, 3% for red light and 2% for blue light.

在相关技术中,在相对于布线部分15的边缘的范围内尽可能大地增加波导16的尺寸,以提高灵敏度。从波导16的光线出射侧一端射出的入射光线射由于衍射而发生漫射并射出。因此,如果波导16的直径基本上等于光电转换器12的表面的尺寸,那么离开的光线的漫射部分不射到光电转换器12上。该漫射部分使灵敏度降低。In the related art, the size of the waveguide 16 is increased as much as possible within the range relative to the edge of the wiring portion 15 to improve sensitivity. The incident light rays emitted from the light emitting side end of the waveguide 16 are diffused due to diffraction and emitted. Thus, if the diameter of the waveguide 16 is substantially equal to the size of the surface of the photoelectric converter 12 , the diffuse portion of the exiting light rays does not impinge on the photoelectric converter 12 . This diffuse portion degrades sensitivity.

接下来,将描述波导16的直径的减小。如上所述,波导16的直径使从波导16的光线出射侧一端射出的入射光线射在光电转换器12的表面内的区域上。从而,波导16的尺寸不等于光电转换器12的表面的尺寸,不像相关技术中的波导那样。此外,减小了波导的直径。例如,尽管结构类似相关技术,其中布线部分15和波导16之间的间隔基本上仅是层叠边缘,然而可以通过减小波导16的直径对波导16执行光瞳校正。例如,假设相关技术的波导16的直径是1.5μm。通过将波导16的直径减小到1μm,对于每侧将直径减小了0.25μm。可以通过0.25μm执行光瞳校正。如上所述,波导16的直径理想地大于传递通过波导16的光线入射侧上的颜色滤光片层17的入射光线的光点直径。例如,基于具有入射光线的中间波长范围的绿光确定波导16的直径。或者,如果在波导16和布线层13的布线部分15之间设置边缘,那么可以基于红光来确定波导16的直径。Next, reduction in the diameter of the waveguide 16 will be described. As described above, the diameter of the waveguide 16 is such that the incident light emitted from the light-emitting-side end of the waveguide 16 strikes an area within the surface of the photoelectric converter 12 . Thus, the size of the waveguide 16 is not equal to the size of the surface of the photoelectric converter 12, unlike waveguides in the related art. Furthermore, the diameter of the waveguide is reduced. For example, although the structure is similar to the related art in which the space between the wiring portion 15 and the waveguide 16 is substantially only the lamination edge, pupil correction can be performed on the waveguide 16 by reducing the diameter of the waveguide 16 . For example, assume that the diameter of the waveguide 16 of the related art is 1.5 μm. By reducing the diameter of the waveguide 16 to 1 μm, the diameter is reduced by 0.25 μm for each side. Pupil correction can be performed by 0.25 μm. As described above, the diameter of the waveguide 16 is desirably larger than the spot diameter of the incident light passing through the color filter layer 17 on the light incident side of the waveguide 16 . For example, the diameter of the waveguide 16 is determined based on green light having an intermediate wavelength range of incident light rays. Alternatively, if an edge is provided between the waveguide 16 and the wiring portion 15 of the wiring layer 13, the diameter of the waveguide 16 can be determined based on red light.

在上述的小型化的像素的情况中,按照从波导16到布线部分15的距离来确定光瞳校正量。例如,波导16的直径减小到理想的值以大于入射在波导16上的入射光线的光点直径。确定减小的量以获得理想的光瞳校正量。然而,如果光瞳校正量不充足,如上所述,减小布线部分15的行宽度尽然增大光瞳校正量。本发明的该实施例中对于波导16的光瞳校正不是简单地对具有相关技术的结构的波导16执行光瞳校正,而是例如通过减小波导16的直径或通过减小布线部分15的行宽度来提供波导16的光瞳校正量。从而,可以提供充足的光瞳校正量。颜色阴影可以显著降低。用于波导16的光瞳校正量相对用于微透镜18或颜色滤光片层17的光瞳校正量的比率是恒定的。例如,用于波导16的光瞳校正量可以是用于微透镜18的光瞳校正量的0.2倍。In the case of the miniaturized pixel described above, the pupil correction amount is determined in accordance with the distance from the waveguide 16 to the wiring portion 15 . For example, the diameter of the waveguide 16 is reduced to a desired value to be larger than the spot diameter of the incident light rays incident on the waveguide 16 . Determine the amount of reduction to obtain the desired amount of pupil correction. However, if the pupil correction amount is insufficient, as described above, reducing the row width of the wiring portion 15 increases the pupil correction amount at all. The pupil correction for the waveguide 16 in this embodiment of the present invention is not simply to perform pupil correction on the waveguide 16 having the structure of the related art, but for example by reducing the diameter of the waveguide 16 or by reducing the row of the wiring portion 15 width to provide pupil correction for the waveguide 16. Thus, a sufficient pupil correction amount can be provided. Color shading can be significantly reduced. The ratio of the pupil correction amount for the waveguide 16 relative to the pupil correction amount for the microlens 18 or color filter layer 17 is constant. For example, the pupil correction amount for waveguide 16 may be 0.2 times the pupil correction amount for microlens 18 .

在第一示例实施例中描述的固态图像拾取装置1中,显著地改变了对相关技术的波导16的理念。具体地,在相关技术中,波导16的直径在相对于布线部分15的边缘的范围内尽可能大地增大,以提高灵敏度。相比之下,在上述的固态图像拾取装置1中,只要波导16的直径大于光线入射侧上的入射光线的光点直径,尽可能地减小波导16的直径(光线入射侧的直径),从而从波导16射出的所有离开光线射在光电转换器12上。这是与相关技术的波导显著不同之处。此外,如上所述,对于波导16执行光瞳校正是与相关技术的波导显著不同的另一处。In the solid-state image pickup device 1 described in the first exemplary embodiment, the idea of the waveguide 16 of the related art is significantly changed. Specifically, in the related art, the diameter of the waveguide 16 is increased as large as possible within the range relative to the edge of the wiring portion 15 in order to improve the sensitivity. In contrast, in the solid-state image pickup device 1 described above, as long as the diameter of the waveguide 16 is larger than the spot diameter of the incident light on the light incident side, the diameter of the waveguide 16 (diameter on the light incident side) is reduced as much as possible, All outgoing rays from the waveguide 16 thus impinge on the photoelectric converter 12 . This is a significant difference from the waveguide of the related art. Furthermore, as described above, performing pupil correction on the waveguide 16 is another point that is significantly different from the waveguide of the related art.

按照由颜色滤光片层17分开的入射光线的颜色,固态图像拾取装置1可以理想地具有对于波导16的不同的光瞳校正量。这一点将参照图7A至图7C中的示意性横截面视图描述。图7A至图7C示出了位于离开象角的中心(例如,像素部分的中心)相等的距离处并且具有不同颜色的颜色滤光片层17的单元像素,图7A示出了蓝色的单元像素,图7B示出了绿色的单元像素,并且图7C示出了红色的单元像素。The solid-state image pickup device 1 may desirably have different pupil correction amounts for the waveguide 16 according to the color of incident light rays separated by the color filter layer 17 . This will be described with reference to the schematic cross-sectional views in FIGS. 7A to 7C . 7A to 7C show unit pixels located at equal distances from the center of the image angle (e.g., the center of the pixel portion) and having color filter layers 17 of different colors, and FIG. 7A shows a blue unit 7B shows a green unit pixel, and FIG. 7C shows a red unit pixel.

在固态图像拾取装置1中,参照图7A至图7C,在像素部分20中,其上入射具有相等的波长的入射光线的光电转换器12中,每个波导16的中心轴C相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心轴FC的偏移量从像素部分20的中心处的光电转换器12朝向外侧变大。换言之,关于位于离开像素部分20的中心相等的距离处的光电转换器12,每个波导16的中心轴C相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心轴FC的偏移量随着被颜色滤光片层17分开并入射到光电转换器12上的光线的波长的增大而减小。In the solid-state image pickup device 1, referring to FIGS. 7A to 7C , in the photoelectric converter 12 on which incident rays having equal wavelengths are incident in the pixel portion 20, the central axis C of each waveguide 16 is relative to the corresponding The shift amount of the central axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 becomes larger from the photoelectric converter 12 at the center of the pixel portion 20 toward the outside. In other words, with respect to the photoelectric converters 12 located at equal distances from the center of the pixel portion 20, the shift amount of the central axis C of each waveguide 16 with respect to the central axis FC of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12 increases with the color-filtered The wavelength of light that separates the sheets 17 and is incident on the photoelectric converter 12 decreases as the wavelength increases.

更具体地,当固态图像拾取装置1在约1至3μm的间距处具有光电转换器12并且具有直径约0.5至2.5μm的波导16时,对于波导16的光瞳校正量满足关系“蓝光(B)<绿光(G)<红光(R)”。应注意,为了便于示出平面布局,波导16小于光电转换器12。例如,对于其上入射蓝光的波导16执行约20至50nm的光瞳校正,对于其上入射绿光的波导16执行约50至80nm的光瞳校正,并且对于其上入射红光的波导16执行约80至110nm的光瞳校正。由此,通过每个波导16可以使阴影最优化。More specifically, when the solid-state image pickup device 1 has photoelectric converters 12 at a pitch of about 1 to 3 μm and has a waveguide 16 having a diameter of about 0.5 to 2.5 μm, the pupil correction amount for the waveguide 16 satisfies the relationship “blue light (B )<green light (G)<red light (R)". It should be noted that the waveguide 16 is smaller than the photoelectric converter 12 for ease of illustrating the planar layout. For example, about 20 to 50 nm of pupil correction is performed for the waveguide 16 on which blue light is incident, about 50 to 80 nm is performed for the waveguide 16 on which green light is incident, and pupil correction is performed for the waveguide 16 on which red light is incident. Pupil correction around 80 to 110nm. Shading can thus be optimized by each waveguide 16 .

典型地,随着位置从像素部分20的中心朝向外侧偏移,由微透镜18会聚的入射光线的入射角增大。对于微透镜18执行光瞳校正,然而光瞳校正量不充足。鉴于此,如上所述,对于具有相等的波长的入射光线,每个波导16的中心轴相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心的偏移量增大,从而来自微透镜18的光线的射线的中心与波导16的中心轴对齐。Typically, as the position shifts from the center of the pixel portion 20 toward the outside, the incident angle of the incident light condensed by the microlens 18 increases. Pupil correction is performed for the microlens 18, however, the pupil correction amount is insufficient. In view of this, as described above, for incident light rays having equal wavelengths, the offset of the central axis of each waveguide 16 relative to the center of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12 increases, so that the ray of light from the microlens 18 The center is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide 16 .

典型地,微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17经历光瞳校正,从而入射光线在中心轴方向上入射到光电转换器12上。例如,对于微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17执行具有参照波长的入射光线(例如,绿光)的光瞳校正。在这种情况下,参照图7A,由于蓝光容易被微透镜18弯曲,蓝光入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端时的入射角变大。因此,即使当微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17通过光瞳校正相对于光电转换器12的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心极大地偏移时,从颜色滤光片层17射出的光线也在靠近光电转换器12的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上。因此,入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的几乎所有的入射光线被引导到波导16。在这种情况下,波导16的位置校正为使得入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导16的中心轴C对齐。Typically, the microlenses 18 and the color filter layer 17 undergo pupil correction so that incident light rays are incident on the photoelectric converter 12 in the direction of the central axis. For example, pupil correction of incident light rays (for example, green light) having a reference wavelength is performed for the microlenses 18 and the color filter layer 17 . In this case, referring to FIG. 7A , since the blue light is easily bent by the microlens 18 , the incident angle of the blue light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 becomes large. Therefore, even when the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 are greatly shifted toward the center of the pixel portion with respect to the center axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 by pupil correction, the light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is It is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 at a position close to the central axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 . Therefore, almost all of the incident light rays incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 are guided to the waveguide 16 . In this case, the position of the waveguide 16 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 .

相比之下,参照图7C,由于红光相比蓝光几乎不会被微透镜18弯曲,红光入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端时的入射角变为小于蓝光的入射角。并且,由于微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17通过光瞳校正相对于光电转换器12的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心极大地偏移,从颜色滤光片层17射出的光线在远离光电转换器12的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上。在一些情况下,将光线入射为使得光线的主要部分从波导16的光线入射侧一端突出。然而,在本发明的该实施例中,将波导16的位置校正为使得入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导16的中心轴C对齐。从而,从颜色滤光片层17射出的几乎所有的入射光线入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上并被引导到波导16中。In contrast, referring to FIG. 7C , since red light is less bent by the microlens 18 than blue light, the incident angle of the red light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 becomes smaller than that of the blue light. And, since the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 are greatly shifted toward the center of the pixel portion with respect to the central axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 by pupil correction, the light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is far away from the photoelectric converter. The position of the center axis FC of the converter 12 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . In some cases, the light is incident such that the main part of the light protrudes from the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . However, in this embodiment of the invention, the position of the waveguide 16 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 . Thus, almost all of the incident light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 and guided into the waveguide 16 .

并且,参照图7B,绿光相比蓝光几乎不会被微透镜18弯曲,并且相比红光容易被微透镜18弯曲。入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端的入射光线的入射角小于蓝光的入射角并且大于红光的入射角。由于微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17通过光瞳校正相对于光电转换器12的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心极大地偏移,从颜色滤光片层17射出的光线在远离光电转换器12的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上。然而,在本发明的该实施例中,将波导16的位置校正为使得入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导16的中心轴C对齐。从而,从颜色滤光片层17射出的几乎所有的入射光线入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上并被引导到波导16中。Also, referring to FIG. 7B , green light is less bent by the microlens 18 than blue light, and is easily bent by the microlens 18 than red light. The incident angle of the incident light rays incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is smaller than that of blue light and larger than that of red light. Since the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 are greatly shifted toward the center of the pixel portion with respect to the center axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 by pupil correction, the light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is far away from the photoelectric converter. 12 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 at the position of the central axis FC of the waveguide 16 . However, in this embodiment of the invention, the position of the waveguide 16 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 . Thus, almost all of the incident light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 and guided into the waveguide 16 .

如上所述,随着被颜色滤光片层17分开的光线的波长减小,每个波导16的中心轴C相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心的偏移量减小。因此,即当波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的波长彼此不同时,波导16也根据波长分别地设置,单元像素21的灵敏度相等,并且不会发生颜色阴影。As described above, as the wavelength of light separated by the color filter layer 17 decreases, the amount of offset of the central axis C of each waveguide 16 with respect to the center of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12 decreases. Therefore, even when the wavelengths of the incident light on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 are different from each other, the waveguides 16 are also separately arranged according to the wavelength, the sensitivity of the unit pixel 21 is equal, and color shading does not occur.

固态图像拾取装置的第二示例结构Second example structure of solid-state image pickup device

将参照图8中的平面布局图和图9A至9C的横截面图描述根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第二示例结构。在图8和图9A至9C中,例如四个单元像素共享一个像素晶体管单元。四个单元像素限定单元像素组。A second example structure of the solid-state image pickup device according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the plan layout diagram in FIG. 8 and the cross-sectional diagrams in FIGS. 9A to 9C . In FIG. 8 and FIGS. 9A to 9C, for example, four unit pixels share one pixel transistor unit. Four unit pixels define a unit pixel group.

参照图8和图9A至9C,单元像素组22包括例如两个第一单元像素21(21G)、一个第二单元像素21(21B)和一个第三单元像素21(21R)。第一单元像素21G包括光电转换器12(12G),其上入射由颜色滤光片层17(17G)分开的具有第一波长(例如绿光,G)的光线。第二单元像素21B包括光电转换器12B,其上入射由颜色滤光片层17B分开的具有第二波长(蓝光,B)的光线。第二波长小于第一波长。第三单元像素21R包括光电转换器12R,其上入射由颜色滤光片层17R分开的具有第三波长(红光,R)的光线。第三波长大于第一波长。Referring to FIGS. 8 and 9A to 9C , the unit pixel group 22 includes, for example, two first unit pixels 21 ( 21G), one second unit pixel 21 ( 21B) and one third unit pixel 21 ( 21R). The first unit pixel 21G includes a photoelectric converter 12 ( 12G) on which light having a first wavelength (for example, green light, G) separated by a color filter layer 17 ( 17G) is incident. The second unit pixel 21B includes a photoelectric converter 12B on which light having a second wavelength (blue light, B) separated by the color filter layer 17B is incident. The second wavelength is less than the first wavelength. The third unit pixel 21R includes a photoelectric converter 12R on which light having a third wavelength (red light, R) separated by the color filter layer 17R is incident. The third wavelength is greater than the first wavelength.

关于单元像素组22中每个波导16的中心轴C相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心轴FC的偏移量,波导16的中心轴C相对于光电转换器12的中心的偏移量随着由颜色滤光片层17分开的光线的波长减小而减小。并且,每个波导16的中心轴C相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心轴FC的偏移量朝向像素部分20的中心变小。换言之,偏移量从象角的中心(例如,像素部分的中心)朝向象角的边缘变大,并且离开光电转换器12的中心的偏移方向是朝向象角的中心。Regarding the offset of the central axis C of each waveguide 16 in the unit pixel group 22 relative to the central axis FC of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12, the offset of the central axis C of the waveguide 16 relative to the center of the photoelectric converter 12 varies with decreases as the wavelength of light separated by the color filter layer 17 decreases. Also, the amount of shift of the central axis C of each waveguide 16 with respect to the central axis FC of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12 becomes smaller toward the center of the pixel portion 20 . In other words, the amount of offset becomes larger from the center of the image angle (for example, the center of the pixel portion) toward the edge of the image angle, and the offset direction from the center of the photoelectric converter 12 is toward the center of the image angle.

固态图像拾取装置1(1B)如上所述构造。应注意,第一单元像素21G、第二单元像素21B和第三单元像素21R每个具有与固态图像拾取装置1的第一示例结构中所述的类似的基本结构。The solid-state image pickup device 1 ( 1B) is configured as described above. It should be noted that the first unit pixel 21G, the second unit pixel 21B, and the third unit pixel 21R each have a basic structure similar to that described in the first example structure of the solid-state image pickup device 1 .

固态图像拾取装置1B是多个(或四个)像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的所谓的多像素共享型(四像素共享型)。每个波导16的中心轴相对于相应的光电转换器12的中心的偏移量随着入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的波长增大而减小。在这样的四像素共享型中,关于该四个像素(单元像素21),第三单元像素21R的波导16的偏移量(光瞳校正量)比第一单元像素21G的大,并且,第二单元像素21B的波导16的偏移量(光瞳校正量)比第一单元像素21G的小。The solid-state image pickup device 1B is a so-called multi-pixel sharing type (four-pixel sharing type) in which a plurality of (or four) pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. The shift amount of the central axis of each waveguide 16 relative to the center of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12 decreases as the wavelength of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 increases. In such a four-pixel sharing type, regarding the four pixels (unit pixels 21), the shift amount (pupil correction amount) of the waveguide 16 of the third unit pixel 21R is larger than that of the first unit pixel 21G, and the third unit pixel 21G The shift amount (pupil correction amount) of the waveguide 16 of the two-unit pixel 21B is smaller than that of the first-unit pixel 21G.

典型地,微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17经历光瞳校正,从而入射光线在中心轴方向上入射到光电转换器12上。例如,对于微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17执行具有参照波长的入射光线(例如,绿光)的光瞳校正。在这种情况下,由于蓝光容易被微透镜18弯曲,蓝光入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端时的入射角变大。因此,即使当微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17通过光瞳校正相对于光电转换器12的中心轴FC向象角的中心(例如,像素部分的中心)极大地偏移时,从颜色滤光片层17射出的光线也在靠近光电转换器12的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上。因此,入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的几乎所有的入射光线被引导到波导16。相比之下,由于红光相比蓝光几乎不会被微透镜18弯曲,红光入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端时的入射角变为小于蓝光的入射角。并且,由于微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17通过光瞳校正相对于光电转换器12的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心偏移,从颜色滤光片层17射出的光线在远离光电转换器12的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上。在一些情况下,将光线入射为使得光线的主要部分从波导16的光线入射侧一端突出。然而,在本发明的该实施例中,将波导16的位置校正为使得入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导16的中心轴C对齐。从而,从颜色滤光片层17射出的入射光线入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上并被引导到波导16中。并且,绿光相比蓝光几乎不会被微透镜18弯曲,并且相比红光容易被微透镜18弯曲。入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端的入射光线的入射角小于蓝光的入射角并且大于红光的入射角。由于微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17通过光瞳校正相对于光电转换器12的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心偏移,从颜色滤光片层17射出的光线在远离光电转换器12的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上。然而,根据该实施例,将波导16的位置校正为使得入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导16的中心轴C对齐。从颜色滤光片层17射出的入射光线入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上并被引导到波导16中。如上所述,关于单元像素组22内的波导16,波导16的中心轴C相对于对应光电转换器12的中心轴FC的偏移量随着由颜色滤光片层17分开的光线的波长减小而减小。因此,即当波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的波长彼此不同时,波导16根据波长分别地设置,单元像素21的灵敏度相等,并且不会发生颜色阴影。Typically, the microlenses 18 and the color filter layer 17 undergo pupil correction so that incident light rays are incident on the photoelectric converter 12 in the direction of the central axis. For example, pupil correction of incident light rays (for example, green light) having a reference wavelength is performed for the microlenses 18 and the color filter layer 17 . In this case, since the blue light is easily bent by the microlens 18 , the incident angle of the blue light when incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 becomes large. Therefore, even when the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 are greatly deviated from the center axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 to the center of the image angle (for example, the center of the pixel portion) by pupil correction, the color filter The light emitted from the optical sheet layer 17 is also incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 at a position close to the central axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 . Therefore, almost all of the incident light rays incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 are guided to the waveguide 16 . In contrast, since red light is less bent by the microlens 18 than blue light, the incident angle of the red light when incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 becomes smaller than that of the blue light. And, since the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 are shifted toward the center of the pixel portion with respect to the central axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 by pupil correction, the light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is farther away from the photoelectric converter. 12 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 at the position of the central axis FC of the waveguide 16 . In some cases, the light is incident such that the main part of the light protrudes from the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . However, in this embodiment of the invention, the position of the waveguide 16 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 . Thus, the incident light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 and is guided into the waveguide 16 . Also, green light is less bent by the microlens 18 than blue light, and is more easily bent by the microlens 18 than red light. The incident angle of the incident light rays incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is smaller than that of blue light and larger than that of red light. Since the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 are shifted to the center of the pixel portion with respect to the central axis FC of the photoelectric converter 12 through pupil correction, the light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is far away from the photoelectric converter 12. The position of the central axis FC is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . However, according to this embodiment, the position of the waveguide 16 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 16 . The incident light emitted from the color filter layer 17 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 and is guided into the waveguide 16 . As described above, with respect to the waveguide 16 in the unit pixel group 22, the shift amount of the central axis C of the waveguide 16 relative to the central axis FC of the corresponding photoelectric converter 12 decreases as the wavelength of the light separated by the color filter layer 17 decreases. Small and reduced. Therefore, that is, when the wavelengths of incident light on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 are different from each other, the waveguides 16 are separately arranged according to the wavelength, the sensitivity of the unit pixel 21 is equal, and color shading does not occur.

固态图像拾取装置的第三示例结构Third example structure of solid-state image pickup device

将参照图10A至10D的横截面视图描述根据本发明第一实施例的固态图像拾取装置的第三示例结构。参照图10A至10D,该第三示例的固态图像拾取装置除波导16的结构外具有与第一示例的固态图像拾取装置1类似的结构。A third example structure of the solid-state image pickup device according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the cross-sectional views of FIGS. 10A to 10D . Referring to FIGS. 10A to 10D , the solid-state image pickup device of this third example has a structure similar to that of the solid-state image pickup device 1 of the first example except for the structure of the waveguide 16 .

参照图10A和10B,单元像素21包括具有第一波导16A和第二波导16B的波导16。第一波导16A限定波导16的外围部分。第二波导16B形成在第一波导16A内侧并且具有小于第一波导16A的折射率。第一波导16A也可以形成在第二波导16B的底部。图10A示出了象角的中心部分处的单元像素21。图10B示出了远离象角的中心并且靠近象角的边缘的位置处的单元像素21。与第一示例的固态图像拾取装置1类似,当波导16位于更靠近象角的边缘,对于波导16执行光瞳校正。Referring to FIGS. 10A and 10B , a unit pixel 21 includes a waveguide 16 having a first waveguide 16A and a second waveguide 16B. The first waveguide 16A defines a peripheral portion of the waveguide 16 . The second waveguide 16B is formed inside the first waveguide 16A and has a smaller refractive index than the first waveguide 16A. The first waveguide 16A may also be formed at the bottom of the second waveguide 16B. FIG. 10A shows the unit pixel 21 at the central portion of the image angle. FIG. 10B shows the unit pixel 21 at a position away from the center of the image corner and near the edge of the image corner. Similar to the solid-state image pickup device 1 of the first example, pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 16 when the waveguide 16 is positioned closer to the edge of the image angle.

例如,参照图11,结构可以包括用于尺寸为2μm的光电转换器12(例如,光电二极管)的直径为1μm的波导16。结构可以设计为使得对于最靠近象角的边缘的部分执行0.45μm的光瞳校正。通过使用具有约为1.8的折射率n1的膜(例如,由从氮化物中选取的材料制成的膜)形成第一波导16A,以限定波导16的侧壁部分。第二波导16B由从树脂中选取的材料制成并且具有约为1.4的折射率n2的膜形成。第一波导16A的侧壁部分具有约100nm的膜厚。因此,第一波导16的两个侧壁部分具有200nm的厚度。第二波导16B具有800nm的直径。如果用从氮化物中选取的材料制成的膜(例如,氮化硅膜)形成第一波导16A,该膜具有钝化膜的作用。For example, referring to FIG. 11 , the structure may include a waveguide 16 having a diameter of 1 μm for a photoelectric converter 12 (eg, a photodiode) having a size of 2 μm. The structure may be designed such that pupil correction of 0.45 μm is performed for the portion closest to the edge of the image angle. The first waveguide 16A is formed by using a film having a refractive index n1 of about 1.8 (for example, a film made of a material selected from nitrides) to define a side wall portion of the waveguide 16 . The second waveguide 16B is formed of a film made of a material selected from resin and having a refractive index n2 of about 1.4. The side wall portion of the first waveguide 16A has a film thickness of about 100 nm. Therefore, both side wall portions of the first waveguide 16 have a thickness of 200 nm. The second waveguide 16B has a diameter of 800 nm. If the first waveguide 16A is formed with a film made of a material selected from nitrides (for example, a silicon nitride film), the film functions as a passivation film.

接下来,将参照图10C和10D描述入射光线的光路。图10C示出了在象角的中心部分处的单元像素21。图10D示出了在远离象角的中心而靠近象角的边缘的位置处的单元像素21。参照图10C,传递通过微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17的入射光线主要会聚到作为侧壁部分的第一波导16A,因为在象角的中心处的波导16中,侧壁部分中的第一波导16A具有比中心部分中的第二波导16B更高的折射率。Next, the optical paths of incident rays will be described with reference to FIGS. 10C and 10D . FIG. 10C shows the unit pixel 21 at the central portion of the image angle. FIG. 10D shows the unit pixel 21 at a position away from the center of the image corner and closer to the edge of the image corner. Referring to Fig. 10C, the incident light passing through the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 mainly converges to the first waveguide 16A as the sidewall part, because in the waveguide 16 at the center of the image angle, the first waveguide 16A in the sidewall part One waveguide 16A has a higher refractive index than the second waveguide 16B in the central portion.

相比之下,参照图10D,当对波导16执行光瞳校正时,尽管波导16位于靠近象角的边缘的位置,传递通过微透镜18和颜色滤光片层17的入射光线的射线可以带到光电转换器12的中心(如所示,折射率满足n1>n2)。具体地,入射到波导16上的倾斜入射光线从第二波导16B进入第一波导16A,在折射率高于第二波导16B的第一波导16A内反射,被引导到光线出射侧一端,并且被射到光电转换器12。由于光线通过波导16被引导,有理由确定用于波导16(第一波导16A)的材料的折射率大于用于波导16(第一波导16A)周围的构件的材料的折射率。具体地,对于象角边缘处的波导16执行光瞳校正,使得波导16的中心轴C与波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC对齐。从而,波导16的中心轴C相对于光电转换器12的中心朝向象角的中心偏移。因此,即使入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线入射在第二波导16B上,光线进入折射率高于第二波导16B的第一波导16A。光线在第一波导16A内传播并且从发射端朝向光电转换器12射出。并且,由于倾斜的入射光线从象角的中心附近的位置朝向象角的边缘附近的位置射出,入射光线以倾斜的方式朝向象角的边缘入射在第二波导16B上。从而,光线传播通过第一波导16A的象角的边缘附近的部分。即,由于第一波导16A的象角的边缘附近的部分位于靠近光电转换器12的中心,入射在第二波导16B上的入射光线传递通过第一波导16A并且有效地射到光电转换器12。In contrast, referring to FIG. 10D , when the pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 16, although the waveguide 16 is located near the edge of the image angle, the ray of the incident light rays passing through the microlens 18 and the color filter layer 17 may have to the center of the photoelectric converter 12 (as shown, the refractive index satisfies n1>n2). Specifically, obliquely incident light rays incident on the waveguide 16 enter the first waveguide 16A from the second waveguide 16B, are reflected in the first waveguide 16A having a higher refractive index than the second waveguide 16B, are guided to the light exit side end, and are to the photoelectric converter 12. Since the light is guided through the waveguide 16, it is reasonable to determine that the refractive index of the material used for the waveguide 16 (first waveguide 16A) is greater than that of the material used for members around the waveguide 16 (first waveguide 16A). Specifically, pupil correction is performed for the waveguide 16 at the edge of the image angle so that the central axis C of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis LC of the rays of the incident light rays on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 . Thus, the central axis C of the waveguide 16 is offset toward the center of the image angle with respect to the center of the photoelectric converter 12 . Therefore, even if an incident ray of light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is incident on the second waveguide 16B, the ray enters the first waveguide 16A having a higher refractive index than the second waveguide 16B. The light propagates within the first waveguide 16A and emerges from the emitting end toward the photoelectric converter 12 . And, since the oblique incident light is emitted from a position near the center of the image angle toward a position near the edge of the image angle, the incident light is incident on the second waveguide 16B toward the edge of the image angle in an oblique manner. Thus, light propagates through the portion near the edge of the image corner of the first waveguide 16A. That is, since the portion near the edge of the image angle of the first waveguide 16A is located near the center of the photoelectric converter 12 , the incident light incident on the second waveguide 16B passes through the first waveguide 16A and effectively hits the photoelectric converter 12 .

由于波导16具有包括第一波导16A和第二波导16B的结构,可以使光线从波导16的底部一直到光电转换器12的泄光量最小化。即使多晶硅电极61等设置在光电转换器12附近,光线入射在光电转换器12的中心上或中心附近的位置上,被多晶硅电极61遮蔽的成分可以降低。如果具有上述结构的波导16由一种材料制成,通过减小波导16的直径,被多晶硅电极61遮蔽的光的量可以降低。Since the waveguide 16 has a structure including the first waveguide 16A and the second waveguide 16B, the amount of light leakage of light from the bottom of the waveguide 16 all the way to the photoelectric converter 12 can be minimized. Even if the polysilicon electrode 61 and the like are provided near the photoelectric converter 12 , light is incident on the center of the photoelectric converter 12 or at a position near the center, and components shaded by the polysilicon electrode 61 can be reduced. If the waveguide 16 having the above structure is made of one material, by reducing the diameter of the waveguide 16, the amount of light shielded by the polysilicon electrode 61 can be reduced.

并且,可以对光电转换器12、像素晶体管(未图示)和布线层13的布线部分15(未图示)执行光瞳校正。因此,被像素晶体管遮蔽的光的量可以降低,并且颜色阴影可以降低。Also, pupil correction may be performed on the photoelectric converter 12 , the pixel transistor (not shown), and the wiring portion 15 (not shown) of the wiring layer 13 . Therefore, the amount of light shaded by the pixel transistor can be reduced, and color shading can be reduced.

2.第二实施例2. The second embodiment

制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法First example method of manufacturing solid-state image pickup device

以下,将参照图12至图21描述根据本发明第二实施例的制造固态图像拾取装置的第一示例方法。Hereinafter, a first exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 21 .

参照图12,光电转换器12形成在半导体基底11的表面(光线入射侧)上。光电转换器12将入射光线转换为信号电荷。并且,传输栅31形成在半导体基底11上。传输栅31读取已经通过光电转换器12经历光电转换的信号电荷。此外,尽管未图示,像素晶体管和外围电路单元形成在半导体基底11上。像素晶体管将已经通过光电转换器12经历光电转换的信号电荷放大并输出。外围电路单元处理该放大的输出信号。半导体基底11使用例如硅基底。或者,半导体基底11可以使用绝缘体上硅(SOI)基底。在这种情况下,光电转换器12、传输栅31等形成在SOI基底的硅层上。Referring to FIG. 12 , a photoelectric converter 12 is formed on the surface (light incident side) of a semiconductor substrate 11 . The photoelectric converter 12 converts incident light into signal charges. Also, a transfer gate 31 is formed on the semiconductor substrate 11 . The transfer gate 31 reads signal charges that have undergone photoelectric conversion by the photoelectric converter 12 . In addition, although not shown, pixel transistors and peripheral circuit units are formed on the semiconductor substrate 11 . The pixel transistor amplifies and outputs signal charges that have undergone photoelectric conversion by the photoelectric converter 12 . A peripheral circuit unit processes the amplified output signal. The semiconductor substrate 11 uses, for example, a silicon substrate. Alternatively, the semiconductor substrate 11 may use a silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrate. In this case, the photoelectric converter 12, the transfer gate 31, and the like are formed on the silicon layer of the SOI substrate.

各自具有光电转换器12的多个单元像素21沿半导体基底11的行和列的方向设置在阵列中,以限定像素部分20。A plurality of unit pixels 21 each having a photoelectric converter 12 are arranged in an array in the row and column directions of the semiconductor substrate 11 to define the pixel portion 20 .

绝缘膜形成在半导体基底11上以覆盖光电转换器12、传输栅31、像素晶体管、外围电路单元等,从而五项原则布线层13。例如,布线层13形成为使得包括布线部分15在内的多个层形成在中间层绝缘膜14中。阻挡金属层141围绕布线部分15形成。在中间层绝缘膜14中,例如碳化硅(SiC)膜形成为防止金属等从布线部分15扩散的扩散防止层142。中间层绝缘膜14可以由氧化硅(SiO2)膜形成。中间层绝缘膜14的表面被平面化。布线部分15不形成在光电转换器12上方的区域中。An insulating film is formed on the semiconductor substrate 11 to cover the photoelectric converter 12 , the transfer gate 31 , pixel transistors, peripheral circuit units, and the like, thereby forming the five-principle wiring layer 13 . For example, the wiring layer 13 is formed such that a plurality of layers including the wiring portion 15 are formed in the interlayer insulating film 14 . The barrier metal layer 141 is formed around the wiring portion 15 . In interlayer insulating film 14 , for example, a silicon carbide (SiC) film is formed as diffusion prevention layer 142 that prevents diffusion of metal or the like from wiring portion 15 . The interlayer insulating film 14 may be formed of a silicon oxide (SiO 2 ) film. The surface of the interlayer insulating film 14 is planarized. The wiring portion 15 is not formed in the region above the photoelectric converter 12 .

接下来,参照图13,抗蚀膜51通过典型的抗蚀程序形成在位于布线层13的顶部的中间层绝缘膜14上。通过光刻技术,在抗蚀膜51中的位于形成波导的区域上方的区域中形成开口52。当获得开口52的布局时,如参照图3A至3C、4A和4B等描述的对于波导执行光瞳校正。具体地,开口52形成为使得在开口52下方形成的波导的中心轴与的入射在波导的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心对齐。Next, referring to FIG. 13 , a resist film 51 is formed on the interlayer insulating film 14 positioned on top of the wiring layer 13 by a typical resist process. By photolithography, an opening 52 is formed in a region of the resist film 51 above the region where the waveguide is formed. When the layout of the openings 52 is obtained, pupil correction is performed for the waveguide as described with reference to FIGS. 3A to 3C , 4A and 4B and the like. Specifically, the opening 52 is formed such that the central axis of the waveguide formed below the opening 52 is aligned with the center of the ray of incident light rays incident on the light-ray-incident-side end of the waveguide.

接下来,参照图14,用作为刻蚀掩模的抗蚀膜51进行干刻蚀来在布线层13中的中间层绝缘膜14中制成用于形成波导的波导孔19。此时,波导孔19形成为使得波导孔19的侧壁是竖直的并且波导孔19的深度约4至5μm。并且,波导孔19从开口朝向底部具有恒定的横截面。开口的形状可以是圆形、卵形(包括椭圆形)等。或者,波导孔19的开口的形状可以是具有圆抹角的矩形(例如正方形)。Next, referring to FIG. 14 , dry etching is performed using the resist film 51 as an etching mask to form a waveguide hole 19 for forming a waveguide in the interlayer insulating film 14 in the wiring layer 13 . At this time, the waveguide hole 19 is formed such that the side walls of the waveguide hole 19 are vertical and the depth of the waveguide hole 19 is about 4 to 5 μm. Also, the waveguide hole 19 has a constant cross section from the opening toward the bottom. The shape of the opening may be circular, oval (including oval) and the like. Alternatively, the shape of the opening of the waveguide hole 19 may be a rectangle (such as a square) with rounded corners.

接下来,参照图15,抗蚀膜51(参见图14)被移除,以允许布线层13中的中间层绝缘膜14的表面暴露。Next, referring to FIG. 15 , the resist film 51 (see FIG. 14 ) is removed to allow the surface of the interlayer insulating film 14 in the wiring layer 13 to be exposed.

接下来,参照图16,用波导材料膜53充填波导孔19。Next, referring to FIG. 16 , the waveguide hole 19 is filled with a waveguide material film 53 .

对于波导材料,选取比布线层13中的中间层绝缘膜14的材料具有更高折射率的材料。例如,当中间层绝缘膜14是由从硅的氧化物中选取并且折射率为1.4的材料制成的膜时,波导材料膜53是具有大于或等于1.4的折射率的膜。波导材料膜53使用由从氮化物中选取并且折射率约为1.8的材料制成的膜。例如,可以使用氮化硅膜。波导材料膜53还形成在中间层绝缘膜14上。波导材料膜53通过涂覆、化学气相沉积等形成。从而,波导16形成为使波导材料膜53充填在波导孔19中。For the waveguide material, a material having a higher refractive index than the material of the interlayer insulating film 14 in the wiring layer 13 is selected. For example, when the interlayer insulating film 14 is a film made of a material selected from silicon oxide and having a refractive index of 1.4, the waveguide material film 53 is a film having a refractive index greater than or equal to 1.4. The waveguide material film 53 uses a film made of a material selected from nitrides and having a refractive index of about 1.8. For example, a silicon nitride film can be used. A waveguide material film 53 is also formed on the interlayer insulating film 14 . The waveguide material film 53 is formed by coating, chemical vapor deposition, or the like. Thus, the waveguide 16 is formed such that the waveguide material film 53 is filled in the waveguide hole 19 .

接下来,参照图17,形成用于使波导材料膜53的表面平面化的平面化绝缘膜54。平面化绝缘膜54例如由树脂层形成。Next, referring to FIG. 17 , a planarization insulating film 54 for planarizing the surface of the waveguide material film 53 is formed. The planarization insulating film 54 is formed of, for example, a resin layer.

接下来,参照图18,颜色滤光片层17形成在平面化绝缘膜54上。通过施加颜色滤光片材料并且随后通过曝光、显影等进行图案化来形成颜色滤光片层17。颜色滤光片层17使用例如红色滤光片、绿色滤光片和蓝色滤光片以与由相应的光电转换器12检测的颜色对应。颜色滤光片层17的布局也经历光瞳校正。Next, referring to FIG. 18 , the color filter layer 17 is formed on the planarizing insulating film 54 . The color filter layer 17 is formed by applying a color filter material and then patterning by exposure, development, or the like. The color filter layer 17 uses, for example, red filters, green filters, and blue filters to correspond to the colors detected by the corresponding photoelectric converters 12 . The layout of the color filter layer 17 is also subjected to pupil correction.

接下来,参照图19,透镜形成膜55形成在颜色滤光片层17上。透镜形成膜55是用于微透镜(也称为片上透镜)的材料。透镜形成膜55例如由透光树脂膜形成。Next, referring to FIG. 19 , a lens forming film 55 is formed on the color filter layer 17 . The lens forming film 55 is a material for microlenses (also referred to as on-chip lenses). The lens forming film 55 is formed of, for example, a light-transmitting resin film.

接下来,参照图20,用于微透镜的抗蚀图案56形成在透镜形成膜55上。抗蚀图案56的布局经历光瞳校正。然后,尽管未示出,将抗蚀图案56模铸为具有透镜形状。然后,模铸为具有透镜形状的抗蚀图案56的形状通过往回刻蚀传递到透镜形成膜55。Next, referring to FIG. 20 , a resist pattern 56 for microlenses is formed on the lens forming film 55 . The layout of the resist pattern 56 is subjected to pupil correction. Then, although not shown, the resist pattern 56 is molded to have a lens shape. Then, the shape of the resist pattern 56 molded to have a lens shape is transferred to the lens forming film 55 by back etching.

由此,参照图21,微透镜18形成在透镜形成膜55中。Thus, referring to FIG. 21 , the microlens 18 is formed in the lens forming film 55 .

在上述的制造方法中,波导16具有柱形主体,从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面。垂直地入射在波导16的光线入射侧一端上的光线没有被波导16的侧壁反射,而是传递通过波导16。从而,限制了灵敏度的降低。并且,由于入射到波导16的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线中心与波导16的中心轴对齐,入射光线被有效地引导到波导16。因此,可以制造的固态图像拾取装置1(1A)提供了与第一实施例的第一示例类似的效果和优势。In the manufacturing method described above, the waveguide 16 has a cylindrical body with a constant cross section from the light incident side end to the light light exit side end. The light rays perpendicularly incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 are not reflected by the side walls of the waveguide 16 but pass through the waveguide 16 . Thus, reduction in sensitivity is limited. Also, since the ray center of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 16 is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide 16 , the incident light is efficiently guided to the waveguide 16 . Therefore, the solid-state image pickup device 1 ( 1A) that can be manufactured provides effects and advantages similar to those of the first example of the first embodiment.

制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法Second example method of manufacturing solid-state image pickup device

以下,将参照图22至图28描述根据本发明第二实施例的制造固态图像拾取装置的第二示例方法。Hereinafter, a second exemplary method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 22 to 28 .

参照图22,以与第一示例制造方法类似的方式在布线层13中形成波导孔19。然后,用于第一波导16A的第一波导材料膜57形成在波导孔19的内侧。第一波导材料膜57还形成在中间层绝缘膜14上。第一波导材料膜57由折射率高于中间层绝缘膜14的材料制成。例如,第一波导材料膜57可以是从氮化物中选择的材料制成的膜。例如,这样的膜可以是氮化硅(SiN)膜或氧氮化硅膜。并且,如果第一波导材料膜57由氮化硅膜形成,该膜用作为钝化膜。尽管第一波导材料膜57的材料不一定是从氮化物中选取的材料的膜,可以使用具有高折射率(例如n=1.8)的氮化硅膜。至于膜厚,例如侧壁部分可以具有约100nm的厚度。只要以下形成的第二波导可以形成在第一波导16A内侧,可以理想地确定第一波导材料膜57的膜厚。膜形成方法可以是涂覆。当然,膜形成方法可以是其它方法,如化学气相沉积。Referring to FIG. 22 , waveguide holes 19 are formed in wiring layer 13 in a similar manner to the first example manufacturing method. Then, a first waveguide material film 57 for the first waveguide 16A is formed inside the waveguide hole 19 . The first waveguide material film 57 is also formed on the interlayer insulating film 14 . The first waveguide material film 57 is made of a material having a higher refractive index than the interlayer insulating film 14 . For example, the first waveguide material film 57 may be a film made of a material selected from nitrides. For example, such a film may be a silicon nitride (SiN) film or a silicon oxynitride film. Also, if the first waveguide material film 57 is formed of a silicon nitride film, this film functions as a passivation film. Although the material of the first waveguide material film 57 is not necessarily a film of a material selected from nitrides, a silicon nitride film having a high refractive index (for example, n=1.8) may be used. As for the film thickness, for example, the side wall portion may have a thickness of about 100 nm. The film thickness of the first waveguide material film 57 can be ideally determined as long as the second waveguide formed below can be formed inside the first waveguide 16A. The film forming method may be coating. Of course, the film forming method may be other methods such as chemical vapor deposition.

接下来,参照图23,其中形成第一波导材料膜57的波导孔19中充填第二波导材料膜58,从而形成第二波导16B。第二波导材料膜58是折射率低于第一波导材料膜57的材料。例如,可以选取折射率约1.4的树脂膜(例如,具有良好透光性的树脂膜,例如PMMA)或从硅的氧化物中选择的材料制成的膜。波导材料膜53也形成在中间层绝缘膜14上。上述的每种波导材料膜可以通过涂覆、化学气相沉积等形成。这样,由第一波导材料膜57制成的第一波导16A形成在波导孔19的内侧,并且由第二波导材料膜58制成的第二波导16B形成在第一波导16A内侧。Next, referring to FIG. 23, the waveguide hole 19 in which the first waveguide material film 57 is formed is filled with the second waveguide material film 58, thereby forming the second waveguide 16B. The second waveguide material film 58 is a material having a lower refractive index than the first waveguide material film 57 . For example, a resin film having a refractive index of about 1.4 (for example, a resin film having good light transmission, such as PMMA) or a film made of a material selected from silicon oxide may be selected. A waveguide material film 53 is also formed on the interlayer insulating film 14 . Each waveguide material film described above can be formed by coating, chemical vapor deposition, or the like. Thus, the first waveguide 16A made of the first waveguide material film 57 is formed inside the waveguide hole 19 , and the second waveguide 16B made of the second waveguide material film 58 is formed inside the first waveguide 16A.

接下来,参照图24,形成用于使第二波导材料膜58的表面平面化的平面化绝缘膜54。平面化绝缘膜54例如由树脂层形成。Next, referring to FIG. 24 , a planarization insulating film 54 for planarizing the surface of the second waveguide material film 58 is formed. The planarization insulating film 54 is formed of, for example, a resin layer.

接下来,参照图25,颜色滤光片层17形成在平面化绝缘膜54上。通过施加颜色滤光片材料并且随后通过曝光、显影等进行图案化来形成颜色滤光片层17。颜色滤光片层17使用例如红色滤光片、绿色滤光片和蓝色滤光片以与由相应的光电转换器12检测的颜色对应。颜色滤光片层17的布局也经历光瞳校正。Next, referring to FIG. 25 , the color filter layer 17 is formed on the planarization insulating film 54 . The color filter layer 17 is formed by applying a color filter material and then patterning by exposure, development, or the like. The color filter layer 17 uses, for example, red filters, green filters, and blue filters to correspond to the colors detected by the corresponding photoelectric converters 12 . The layout of the color filter layer 17 is also subjected to pupil correction.

接下来,参照图26,透镜形成膜55形成在颜色滤光片层17上。透镜形成膜55是用于微透镜(也称为片上透镜)的材料。透镜形成膜55例如由透光树脂膜形成。Next, referring to FIG. 26 , a lens forming film 55 is formed on the color filter layer 17 . The lens forming film 55 is a material for microlenses (also referred to as on-chip lenses). The lens forming film 55 is formed of, for example, a light-transmitting resin film.

接下来,参照图27,用于微透镜的抗蚀图案56形成在透镜形成膜55上。抗蚀图案56的布局经历光瞳校正。然后,尽管未示出,将抗蚀图案56模铸为具有透镜形状。然后,模铸为具有透镜形状的抗蚀图案56的形状通过往回刻蚀传递到透镜形成膜55。Next, referring to FIG. 27 , a resist pattern 56 for microlenses is formed on the lens forming film 55 . The layout of the resist pattern 56 is subjected to pupil correction. Then, although not shown, the resist pattern 56 is molded to have a lens shape. Then, the shape of the resist pattern 56 molded to have a lens shape is transferred to the lens forming film 55 by back etching.

由此,参照图28,微透镜18形成在透镜形成膜55中。从第二波导材料膜58的表面到微透镜18的基部的高度h1例如为1至3μm。并且,从第二波导材料膜58的表面到颜色滤光片层17的底面的高度h2例如是0.5至2.5μm。此外,从光电转换器12的表面到波导16的光线出射侧一端的高度h3例如是0.3至2μm。Thus, referring to FIG. 28 , microlenses 18 are formed in lens forming film 55 . The height h1 from the surface of the second waveguide material film 58 to the base of the microlens 18 is, for example, 1 to 3 μm. Also, the height h2 from the surface of the second waveguide material film 58 to the bottom surface of the color filter layer 17 is, for example, 0.5 to 2.5 μm. In addition, the height h3 from the surface of the photoelectric converter 12 to the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 is, for example, 0.3 to 2 μm.

根据第二制造方法,波导16形成为使得第二波导16B形成在内侧,从而具有相对较高折射率的第一波导16A形成在第二波导16B周围。从第二波导16B进入到第一波导16A的光线传播通过第一波导16A并且从那里射出。According to the second manufacturing method, the waveguide 16 is formed such that the second waveguide 16B is formed inside so that the first waveguide 16A having a relatively high refractive index is formed around the second waveguide 16B. Light entering the first waveguide 16A from the second waveguide 16B propagates through the first waveguide 16A and exits therefrom.

因此,可固态图像拾取装置1(1B)提供了与第一实施例的第一示例中描述的固态图像拾取装置类似的效果和优势。Therefore, the solid-state image pickup device 1 ( 1B) provides similar effects and advantages to the solid-state image pickup device described in the first example of the first embodiment.

3.第三实施例3. The third embodiment

图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of image pickup device

接下来,将参照图29描述根据本发明第三实施例的图像拾取装置的示例结构。该图像拾取装置使用根据本发明的实施例的固态图像拾取装置。Next, an example structure of an image pickup apparatus according to a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 29 . This image pickup device uses a solid-state image pickup device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

参照图29,图像拾取装置图像拾取装置200包括图像拾取单元和固态图像拾取装置210。用于形成图像的光线会聚光学单元202设置在图像拾取单元201的光线会聚侧。图像拾取单元201连接到信号处理单元203。信号处理单元203包括驱动图像拾取单元201的驱动电路处理信号的信号处理电路,该信号通过固态图像拾取装置210进行光电转换成为图像。通过信号处理单元203处理的图像信号可以存储在图像存储单元(未图示)中。在这样的图像拾取装置200中,固态图像拾取装置210可以使用根据上述实施例描述的固态图像拾取装置1。Referring to FIG. 29 , an image pickup device image pickup device 200 includes an image pickup unit and a solid-state image pickup device 210 . A light condensing optical unit 202 for forming an image is provided on the light condensing side of the image pickup unit 201 . The image pickup unit 201 is connected to a signal processing unit 203 . The signal processing unit 203 includes a signal processing circuit that drives the drive circuit of the image pickup unit 201 to process a signal that is photoelectrically converted into an image by the solid-state image pickup device 210 . The image signal processed by the signal processing unit 203 may be stored in an image storage unit (not shown). In such an image pickup device 200, the solid-state image pickup device 210 can use the solid-state image pickup device 1 described according to the above-mentioned embodiments.

由于根据该实施例的图像拾取装置200使用根据上述实施例的固态图像拾取装置1,可以降低固态图像拾取装置1中按照波长由阴影引起的颜色不均衡(颜色阴影)。可以提高灵敏度,并从而可以获得具有高质量的图像。Since the image pickup device 200 according to this embodiment uses the solid-state image pickup device 1 according to the above-described embodiments, color unbalance (color shading) caused by shading by wavelength in the solid-state image pickup device 1 can be reduced. Sensitivity can be improved, and thus images with high quality can be obtained.

图像拾取装置200可以形成为一个芯片或模块,其中集成了图像拾取单元和信号处理单元或光学系统,从而具有图像拾取功能。图像拾取装置200例如是具有图像拾取功能的摄像机或移动装置。并且,“图像拾取”不仅包括用摄像机在正常拍摄期间捕获图像,还包括广义上的检测指纹等。The image pickup device 200 may be formed as one chip or module in which an image pickup unit and a signal processing unit or an optical system are integrated, thereby having an image pickup function. The image pickup device 200 is, for example, a video camera or a mobile device having an image pickup function. And, "image pickup" includes not only capturing an image during normal shooting with a video camera, but also detecting fingerprints and the like in a broad sense.

4.第四实施例4. The fourth embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图30至图32每个示出了根据本发明第四实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。图30是示出其中二维地排列了多个四像素共享型单元像素组的像素部分的平面图。图31A和31B是示出像素部分的象角中心处的单元像素组和象角边缘处的单元像素组的视图。图32是沿图31A中的XXXII-XXXII所取的横截面视图。30 to 32 each show a solid-state image pickup device according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. 30 is a plan view showing a pixel portion in which a plurality of four-pixel sharing type unit pixel groups are two-dimensionally arranged. 31A and 31B are views showing a unit pixel group at an image corner center and a unit pixel group at an image corner edge of a pixel portion. Fig. 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along XXXII-XXXII in Fig. 31A.

以下,附图标记40表示像素部分,38表示固态图像拾取装置,42表示单元像素组,PD(PD1至PD4)表示光电转换器,Tr11至Tr14、Tr2、Tr3和Tr4表示像素晶体管,43表示传输栅电极,48表示复位栅电极,49表示放大栅电极,151表示选择栅电极,152表示波导,154表示中间层绝缘膜,155表示布线部分,155a表示突出部分,150表示布线层,157表示颜色滤光片层,158表示微透镜,并且L表示入射光线。Hereinafter, reference numeral 40 denotes a pixel portion, 38 denotes a solid-state image pickup device, 42 denotes a unit pixel group, PD (PD1 to PD4) denotes a photoelectric converter, Tr11 to Tr14, Tr2, Tr3, and Tr4 denotes a pixel transistor, 43 denotes a transmission Gate electrode, 48 denotes a reset gate electrode, 49 denotes an amplifying gate electrode, 151 denotes a selection gate electrode, 152 denotes a waveguide, 154 denotes an interlayer insulating film, 155 denotes a wiring part, 155a denotes a protruding part, 150 denotes a wiring layer, and 157 denotes a color The filter layer, 158, represents microlenses, and L represents incident light.

首先,为了便于理解第四实施例,将参照图62和63描述改进之前的对比示例。该对比示例是其中四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置。该对比示例的固态图像拾取装置113包括其中排列多个单元像素组的像素部分。在每个单元像素组中,多个像素共享一个像素晶体管。具体地,固态图像拾取装置113包括四像素共享型单元像素组114,其中用作为光电转换器的四个光电二极管PD共享一个像素晶体管单元。更具体地,单元像素组114包括四个光电二极管PD(PD1至PD4)、四个传输晶体管Tr(Tr11至Tr14)和一个浮动扩散区FD。此外,单元像素组114包括一个复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4。由多晶硅制成的传输栅电极115布置在位于单元像素组114中心处的浮动扩散区FD和光电二极管PD1至PD4之间。从而,形成用于四个光电二极管PD的四个传输晶体管Tr11至Tr14。First, to facilitate understanding of the fourth embodiment, a comparative example before improvement will be described with reference to FIGS. 62 and 63 . This comparative example is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. The solid-state image pickup device 113 of this comparative example includes a pixel portion in which a plurality of unit pixel groups are arranged. In each unit pixel group, a plurality of pixels share one pixel transistor. Specifically, the solid-state image pickup device 113 includes a four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 114 in which four photodiodes PD serving as photoelectric converters share one pixel transistor unit. More specifically, the unit pixel group 114 includes four photodiodes PD ( PD1 to PD4 ), four transfer transistors Tr ( Tr11 to Tr14 ), and one floating diffusion region FD. In addition, the unit pixel group 114 includes a reset transistor Tr2, an amplification transistor Tr3, and a selection transistor Tr4. The transfer gate electrode 115 made of polysilicon is disposed between the floating diffusion region FD located at the center of the unit pixel group 114 and the photodiodes PD1 to PD4 . Thus, four transfer transistors Tr11 to Tr14 for the four photodiodes PD are formed.

复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4水平连续地布置在光电二极管PD1至PD4下方。复位晶体管Tr2包括扩散区116、扩散区117和复位栅电极120。放大晶体管Tr3包括扩散区117、扩散区118和放大栅电极121。选择晶体管Tr4包括扩散区118、扩散区119和选择栅电极122。在单元像素组114中,包括多晶硅制成的栅电极在内的基底层相对于相邻像素的边界具有非对称的布置。包括复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4的像素晶体管单元相对于像素Gb和R之间以及像素Gr和B之间的边界非对称地布置。并且,像素Gr、R、Gb和B的传输栅电极115相对于像素Gr、R、Gb和B的相应的边界非对称地布置。The reset transistor Tr2 , the amplification transistor Tr3 , and the selection transistor Tr4 are horizontally and continuously arranged below the photodiodes PD1 to PD4 . The reset transistor Tr2 includes a diffusion region 116 , a diffusion region 117 and a reset gate electrode 120 . The amplification transistor Tr3 includes a diffusion region 117 , a diffusion region 118 and an amplification gate electrode 121 . The selection transistor Tr4 includes a diffusion region 118 , a diffusion region 119 and a selection gate electrode 122 . In the unit pixel group 114, the base layer including the gate electrode made of polysilicon has an asymmetric arrangement with respect to the boundary of adjacent pixels. Pixel transistor units including the reset transistor Tr2 , the amplification transistor Tr3 , and the selection transistor Tr4 are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the boundaries between the pixels Gb and R and between the pixels Gr and B. Also, the transfer gate electrodes 115 of the pixels Gr, R, Gb, and B are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the respective boundaries of the pixels Gr, R, Gb, and B. Referring to FIG.

分别形成用于光电二极管PD1至PD4的波导23。在该示例中,使用具有拜耳型的颜色滤光片层。在该层中,重复地排列四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型的多个单元像素组114。每个单元像素组114包括红色像素R、第一绿色像素Gb、蓝色像素B和第二绿色像素Gr。Waveguides 23 for the photodiodes PD1 to PD4 are formed respectively. In this example, a color filter layer with a Bayer type is used. In this layer, a plurality of unit pixel groups 114 of a four-pixel sharing type in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor are repeatedly arranged. Each unit pixel group 114 includes a red pixel R, a first green pixel Gb, a blue pixel B, and a second green pixel Gr.

图63是沿图62中穿过第二绿色像素Gr的线LXIII-LXIII所取的横截面视图。参照图64,作为光电转换器的光电二极管PD4形成在半导体基底24的表面上,并且包括布线部分26的多个层通过中间夹着中间层绝缘膜25形成在半导体基底24上方。波导23形成在光电二极管PD4上方使得波导23嵌在中间层绝缘膜25中。颜色滤光片层28形成在波导23上方。微透镜29(也称为片上透镜)形成在颜色滤光片层28上。并且,放大栅电极121形成在光电二极管PD4附近。栅绝缘膜27布置在放大栅电极121和光电二极管PD4之间。FIG. 63 is a cross-sectional view taken along line LXIII-LXIII passing through the second green pixel Gr in FIG. 62 . Referring to FIG. 64 , photodiode PD4 as a photoelectric converter is formed on the surface of semiconductor substrate 24 , and a plurality of layers including wiring portion 26 is formed over semiconductor substrate 24 with interlayer insulating film 25 interposed therebetween. The waveguide 23 is formed over the photodiode PD4 so that the waveguide 23 is embedded in the interlayer insulating film 25 . A color filter layer 28 is formed over the waveguide 23 . Microlenses 29 (also called on-chip lenses) are formed on the color filter layer 28 . Also, the amplification gate electrode 121 is formed near the photodiode PD4. The gate insulating film 27 is arranged between the amplification gate electrode 121 and the photodiode PD4.

在对比示例的固态图像拾取装置113中,入射光线L传递通过微透镜29和波导23,并且入射在每个像素的光电二极管PD上。此时,在第二绿色像素Gr中,传递通过波导23的部分入射光线L被设置在第二绿色像素Gr附近并且具有大的栅长度的放大栅电极121遮蔽,如图62和63中的圈c所示。在第一绿色像素Gb中,传递通过波导23的入射光线L入射在光电二极管PD1上,没有受到复位栅电极120或放大栅电极121的影响。鉴于此,如图64中绘出波长和输出的曲线所示,第二绿色像素Gr的灵敏度(参见曲线r1)小于第一绿色像素Gb(参见曲线b1)。从而,在绿色像素Gb和Gr之间出现灵敏度的差别。In the solid-state image pickup device 113 of the comparative example, incident light rays L pass through the microlens 29 and the waveguide 23, and are incident on the photodiode PD of each pixel. At this time, in the second green pixel Gr, part of the incident light L passing through the waveguide 23 is shielded by the amplifying gate electrode 121 disposed near the second green pixel Gr and having a large gate length, as circled in FIGS. 62 and 63 . as shown in c. In the first green pixel Gb, the incident light L passing through the waveguide 23 is incident on the photodiode PD1 without being affected by the reset gate electrode 120 or the amplification gate electrode 121 . In view of this, as shown in a graph plotting wavelength and output in FIG. 64 , the sensitivity of the second green pixel Gr (see curve r1 ) is smaller than that of the first green pixel Gb (see curve b1 ). Thus, a difference in sensitivity occurs between the green pixels Gb and Gr.

相比之下,根据第四实施例的固态图像拾取装置可以将灵敏度控制为使得第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr的灵敏度在四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组内相等。In contrast, the solid-state image pickup device according to the fourth embodiment can control the sensitivity so that the sensitivities of the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor in four pixels The four-pixel sharing type unit is equal within the pixel group.

参照图31,该第四实施例的固态图像拾取装置38包括其中排列多个单元像素组41的像素部分。在每个单元像素组42中,多个像素共享一个像素晶体管。具体地,固态图像拾取装置38包括四像素共享型单元像素组42,其共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管以及一个选择晶体管,其中用作为光电转换器的四个光电二极管PD共享一个像素晶体管单元。更具体地,单元像素组42包括四个光电二极管PD(PD1至PD4)、四个传输晶体管Tr(Tr11至Tr14)和一个浮动扩散区FD。此外,单元像素组42包括一个复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4。浮动扩散区FD布置在2×2的阵列的四个光电二极管PD1至PD4的中心。由多晶硅制成的传输栅电极43布置在浮动扩散区FD和光电二极管PD1至PD4之间。从而,形成用于四个光电二极管PD的四个传输晶体管Tr11至Tr14。Referring to FIG. 31 , a solid-state image pickup device 38 of this fourth embodiment includes a pixel portion in which a plurality of unit pixel groups 41 are arranged. In each unit pixel group 42, a plurality of pixels share one pixel transistor. Specifically, the solid-state image pickup device 38 includes a four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 42 that shares one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor, in which four photodiodes PD serving as photoelectric converters share one pixel transistor unit . More specifically, the unit pixel group 42 includes four photodiodes PD ( PD1 to PD4 ), four transfer transistors Tr ( Tr11 to Tr14 ), and one floating diffusion region FD. In addition, the unit pixel group 42 includes a reset transistor Tr2, an amplification transistor Tr3, and a selection transistor Tr4. The floating diffusion FD is arranged at the center of the four photodiodes PD1 to PD4 in a 2×2 array. A transfer gate electrode 43 made of polysilicon is arranged between the floating diffusion FD and the photodiodes PD1 to PD4 . Thus, four transfer transistors Tr11 to Tr14 for the four photodiodes PD are formed.

复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4水平连续地布置在四个光电二极管PD1至PD4下方。复位晶体管Tr2包括扩散区44、扩散区45和复位栅电极48。放大晶体管Tr3包括扩散区45、扩散区46和放大栅电极49。选择晶体管Tr4包括扩散区46、扩散区47和选择栅电极151。The reset transistor Tr2 , the amplification transistor Tr3 , and the selection transistor Tr4 are horizontally and continuously arranged below the four photodiodes PD1 to PD4 . The reset transistor Tr2 includes a diffusion region 44 , a diffusion region 45 and a reset gate electrode 48 . The amplification transistor Tr3 includes a diffusion region 45 , a diffusion region 46 and an amplification gate electrode 49 . The selection transistor Tr4 includes a diffusion region 46 , a diffusion region 47 and a selection gate electrode 151 .

分别形成用于光电二极管PD1至PD4的波导152。在该实施例中,颜色滤光片层157使用图60中所示的拜耳型颜色滤光片101。因此,在该实施例中,参照图30,重复地排列其中四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型的多个单元像素组42,由此形成像素部分40。每个单元像素组42包括红色像素R、第一绿色像素Gb、蓝色像素B和第二绿色像素Gr。Waveguides 152 for the photodiodes PD1 to PD4 are formed respectively. In this embodiment, the color filter layer 157 uses the Bayer type color filter 101 shown in FIG. 60 . Therefore, in this embodiment, referring to FIG. 30, a plurality of unit pixel groups 42 of a four-pixel sharing type in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor are repeatedly arranged, thereby forming a pixel portion. 40. Each unit pixel group 42 includes a red pixel R, a first green pixel Gb, a blue pixel B, and a second green pixel Gr.

像素R、Gb、B和Gr具有与图32所示的类似的基本结构。具体地,像素R、Gb、B和Gr每个在半导体基底153的表面上具有作为光电转换器的光电二极管PD。布线层150形成在半导体基底153上方。在布线层150中,包括布线部分155的多个层通过中间夹着中间层绝缘膜154设置在除光电二极管PD上方的区域外的区域中。波导152形成在光电二极管PD上方使得波导152嵌在中间层绝缘膜154中。波导152将入射光线引导到光电二极管PD。中间层绝缘膜154的表面被平面化。将入射光线分开以对应于波导152的颜色滤光片层157形成在平面化的表面上。微透镜158(也称为片上透镜)形成在颜色滤光片层157上。像素晶体管的多晶硅制成的栅电极43、48、49和151通过其间夹着栅绝缘膜131形成。参照图32中的横截面视图,放大栅电极49形成在光电二极管PD4附近。栅绝缘膜131设置在放大栅电极121和光电二极管PD4之间。Pixels R, Gb, B, and Gr have a basic structure similar to that shown in FIG. 32 . Specifically, the pixels R, Gb, B, and Gr each have a photodiode PD as a photoelectric converter on the surface of the semiconductor substrate 153 . The wiring layer 150 is formed over the semiconductor substrate 153 . In the wiring layer 150 , a plurality of layers including the wiring portion 155 are provided in regions other than the region above the photodiode PD with the interlayer insulating film 154 interposed therebetween. The waveguide 152 is formed over the photodiode PD such that the waveguide 152 is embedded in the interlayer insulating film 154 . The waveguide 152 guides the incident light to the photodiode PD. The surface of the interlayer insulating film 154 is planarized. A color filter layer 157 that splits incident light rays to correspond to the waveguides 152 is formed on the planarized surface. Microlenses 158 (also referred to as on-chip lenses) are formed on the color filter layer 157 . The gate electrodes 43, 48, 49, and 151 made of polysilicon of the pixel transistor are formed with the gate insulating film 131 interposed therebetween. Referring to the cross-sectional view in FIG. 32 , an amplification gate electrode 49 is formed near the photodiode PD4. The gate insulating film 131 is provided between the amplification gate electrode 121 and the photodiode PD4.

对应光电二极管PD形成的波导152具有柱形主体,从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面。例如,柱形主体可以是圆柱体或椭圆柱体(包括椭圆柱)。波导152的直径(宽度)小于光电二极管PD的宽度和用于光电二极管PD的布线部分155的开口宽度,从而可以通过偏移来调节波导152,这将在以下描述。波导152可以是渐缩的柱形,其横截面从光线入射侧一端向光线出射侧一端减小。The waveguide 152 formed corresponding to the photodiode PD has a cylindrical body with a constant cross-section from the light incident side end to the light light exit side end. For example, a cylindrical body may be a cylinder or an elliptical cylinder (including an elliptical cylinder). The diameter (width) of the waveguide 152 is smaller than the width of the photodiode PD and the opening width of the wiring portion 155 for the photodiode PD so that the waveguide 152 can be adjusted by offset, which will be described below. The waveguide 152 may be a tapered cylinder whose cross-section decreases from the light incident side end to the light exit side end.

在单元像素组42中,设置在光线入射表面下方的基底层具有非对称的布置。在该实施例中,包括传输栅电极43的基底层(形成在波导152下方的基底层)相对于相邻的像素Gr、R、Gb和B的边界具有非对称的布置。即,像素Gr、R、Gb和B的传输栅电极43非对称地布置在单元像素组42中。并且,在单元像素组42中,包括复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4的像素晶体管单元相对于像素Gb和R之间以及像素Gr和B之间的边界非对称地布置。In the unit pixel group 42, the base layer disposed under the light incident surface has an asymmetric arrangement. In this embodiment, the base layer including the transfer gate electrode 43 (the base layer formed under the waveguide 152 ) has an asymmetric arrangement with respect to the boundaries of the adjacent pixels Gr, R, Gb, and B. That is, the transfer gate electrodes 43 of the pixels Gr, R, Gb, and B are asymmetrically arranged in the unit pixel group 42 . Also, in the unit pixel group 42 , pixel transistor units including the reset transistor Tr2 , the amplification transistor Tr3 , and the selection transistor Tr4 are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the boundaries between the pixels Gb and R and between the pixels Gr and B.

在通过偏移调来节预定的像素的波导152之前的状态(相当于图62中的对比示例的状态)中,波导152在规则的间隔处布置在像素部分40的整个区域中,并且光电二极管PD和波导152之间的位置关系在整个像素部分40中是等同的。例如,有的情况中光电二极管PD的中心略从波导152的中心轴偏移,并且有的情况中光电二极管PD的中心与波导152的中心轴对齐。在任意情况中,光电二极管PD的中心和波导152之间的位置关系在整个像素部分40中是等同的。In the state before the waveguide 152 of a predetermined pixel is adjusted by offset adjustment (corresponding to the state of the comparative example in FIG. The positional relationship between the PD and the waveguide 152 is equivalent throughout the pixel portion 40 . For example, there are cases where the center of the photodiode PD is slightly offset from the center axis of the waveguide 152 , and there are cases where the center of the photodiode PD is aligned with the center axis of the waveguide 152 . In any case, the positional relationship between the center of the photodiode PD and the waveguide 152 is equivalent in the entire pixel portion 40 .

每种颜色的颜色滤光片层157和微透镜158可以经历光瞳校正,或者可以不经历光瞳校正。如果对于颜色滤光片层157和微透镜158执行光瞳校正,将光瞳校正执行为使得颜色滤光片层157或微透镜158的中心相对于光电二极管PD的中心的偏移量从像素部分40的中心朝向外围变大。The color filter layer 157 and microlens 158 of each color may undergo pupil correction, or may not undergo pupil correction. If the pupil correction is performed for the color filter layer 157 and the microlens 158, the pupil correction is performed so that the offset amount of the center of the color filter layer 157 or the microlens 158 with respect to the center of the photodiode PD is removed from the pixel portion The center of 40 becomes larger towards the periphery.

在该实施例中,波导152用作为调节机构,用于为光电二极管PD在单元像素组42中获得光学对称。在该实施例中,第二绿色像素Gr的波导152从参考位置偏移离开放大栅电极49,该参考位置处像素的波导152以规则的间隔布置在像素部分40的整个区域中。在这种情况中,位置偏移的调节方向和调节量被确定为使得第二绿色像素Gr的灵敏度等于第一绿色像素Gb的灵敏度。在该实施例中,第二绿色像素Gr的波导152向斜上方左侧偏移,如图31A和31B中的箭头B所示,使得作为初始状态或参考状态的距离d1(参见图62中的对比示例)成为大于距离d1的距离d2。第二绿色像素Gr的波导152的位置偏移的调节方向(偏移方向)和调节量(偏移量)在包括象角的边缘处的波导152在内的整个像素部分中相等。其它的红色像素R、蓝色像素B和第一绿色像素Gb的波导152的位置没有从原始状态发生变化。In this embodiment, the waveguide 152 is used as an adjustment mechanism for obtaining optical symmetry in the unit pixel group 42 for the photodiode PD. In this embodiment, the waveguides 152 of the second green pixels Gr are shifted away from the amplification gate electrode 49 from the reference position where the waveguides 152 of the pixels are arranged at regular intervals in the entire area of the pixel portion 40 . In this case, the adjustment direction and adjustment amount of the positional shift are determined such that the sensitivity of the second green pixel Gr is equal to the sensitivity of the first green pixel Gb. In this embodiment, the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is shifted obliquely upward and leftward, as shown by the arrow B in FIGS. 31A and 31B , so that the distance d1 (see Comparative example) becomes the distance d2 greater than the distance d1. The adjustment direction (offset direction) and adjustment amount (offset amount) of the positional offset of the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr are equal in the entire pixel portion including the waveguide 152 at the edge of the image corner. The positions of the waveguides 152 of the other red pixels R, blue pixels B and the first green pixel Gb are not changed from the original state.

因此,四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型的多个单元像素组单元像素组42中的第二绿色像素Gr的波导152相对于第二绿色像素Gr和其它的红色像素R、蓝色像素B和第一绿色像素Gb之间的边界,与其它的红色像素R、蓝色像素B和第一绿色像素Gb非对称地布置。Therefore, the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr in the unit pixel group 42 of the four-pixel sharing type of the four-pixel sharing type that shares one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor with respect to the second green pixel Gr The boundaries between the other red pixel R, the blue pixel B, and the first green pixel Gb are arranged asymmetrically with the other red pixel R, blue pixel B, and first green pixel Gb.

单元像素组42中的波导152的整个布局预先设置在用于形成波导152的暴光掩模中,预示第二绿色像素Gr的波导152的偏移位置。从而,通过使用暴光掩模,形成的波导布局中仅第二绿色像素Gr的波导152相比其它像素Gb、R和B在单元像素组42中被有意地沿预定方向偏移预定距离。The entire layout of the waveguides 152 in the unit pixel group 42 is preset in the exposure mask used to form the waveguides 152, indicating the shifted position of the waveguides 152 of the second green pixel Gr. Thus, only the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr in the formed waveguide layout is intentionally shifted by a predetermined distance in a predetermined direction in the unit pixel group 42 compared to the other pixels Gb, R, and B by using the exposure mask.

通过第四实施例的固态图像拾取装置38,仅第二绿色像素Gr的波导152被有意地从基底层中的多晶硅制成的放大栅电极49偏移。因此,可以防止入射光线L被放大栅电极49遮蔽。从而,可以降低或消除第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别,并且由此,可以获得对于绿色像素Gb和Gr的光学对称。参照图33中绘出波长和输出的图中的曲线r2和b2,第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr的灵敏度可以彼此相等。因此,通过减小第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度差别,可以噪声(例如刺耳的噪声),并且可以提供具有高图像质量的固态图像拾取装置。With the solid-state image pickup device 38 of the fourth embodiment, only the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is intentionally shifted from the amplification gate electrode 49 made of polysilicon in the base layer. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the incident light L from being shielded by the amplifying grid electrode 49 . Thereby, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced or eliminated, and thus, optical symmetry for the green pixels Gb and Gr can be obtained. Referring to curves r2 and b2 in a graph plotting wavelength and output in FIG. 33 , sensitivities of the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr may be equal to each other. Therefore, by reducing the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr, noise such as harsh noise can be reduced, and a solid-state image pickup device with high image quality can be provided.

5.第五实施例5. Fifth Embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图34A和图34B每个示出了根据本发明第五实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。图34A和图34B是示出像素部分中的象角中心处的单元像素组和象角边缘处的单元像素组的平面图。34A and 34B each show a solid-state image pickup device according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. 34A and 34B are plan views showing a unit pixel group at the corner center and a unit pixel group at the corner edge in the pixel portion.

基于与光电二极管PD对应的布线部分155的开口宽度的边缘,确定作为波导152的调节量的偏移量。从而,限制了偏移量。通过该限制,即使仅偏移第二绿色像素Gr的波导152,第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度差别也可能不减小。第五实施例改进了这一点。Based on the edge of the opening width of the wiring portion 155 corresponding to the photodiode PD, an offset amount that is an adjustment amount of the waveguide 152 is determined. Thus, the offset is limited. With this limitation, even if only the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is shifted, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr may not be reduced. The fifth embodiment improves on this.

在根据第五实施例的固态图像拾取装置161中,类似于第四实施例,如图34A和34B中的箭头B所示,第二绿色像素Gr的波导152向斜上方右侧从放大栅电极49偏移预定距离。同时,如图34A和34B中的箭头C所示,第一绿色像素Gb的波导152向斜上方右侧偏移预定距离d3,以靠近复位栅电极48。单元像素组42中波导152的布局在整个像素部分40上等同。在该实施例中,第一绿色像素Gb的波导152的偏移方向与箭头C所示的第二绿色像素Gr的偏移方向相同。第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr的偏移方向不限于此。可以按照像素晶体管Tr11至Tr14的布局确定最佳的方向。In the solid-state image pickup device 161 according to the fifth embodiment, similarly to the fourth embodiment, as shown by the arrow B in FIGS. 34A and 34B , the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is directed obliquely upward and rightward from the amplification gate electrode. 49 offset by a predetermined distance. Meanwhile, as shown by arrow C in FIGS. 34A and 34B , the waveguide 152 of the first green pixel Gb is shifted obliquely upward and rightward by a predetermined distance d3 to be close to the reset gate electrode 48 . The layout of the waveguides 152 in the unit pixel group 42 is equivalent over the entire pixel portion 40 . In this embodiment, the offset direction of the waveguide 152 of the first green pixel Gb is the same as the offset direction of the second green pixel Gr indicated by arrow C. Referring to FIG. The shift direction of the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr is not limited thereto. The optimum direction can be determined according to the layout of the pixel transistors Tr11 to Tr14.

其它结构类似于根据第四实施例所描述的。图31A和31B中类似的附图标记指代类似的部件。Other structures are similar to those described according to the fourth embodiment. Like reference numerals in FIGS. 31A and 31B refer to like components.

通过第五实施例的固态图像拾取装置161,通过将第二绿色像素Gr的波导152从基底层中的放大栅电极49偏移,提高了第二绿色像素Gr的灵敏度;通过将第一绿色像素Gb的波导152从基底层中的复位栅电极48偏移,有意地降低了第二绿色像素Gr的灵敏度。因此,可以获得对于第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr的光学对称。即,可以进一步降低或消除第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别。绿色像素Gb和Gr二者的灵敏度可以相等。因此,通过降低第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别,可以减小噪声(例如刺耳的噪声),并且可以提供具有高图像质量的固态图像拾取装置。With the solid-state image pickup device 161 of the fifth embodiment, the sensitivity of the second green pixel Gr is improved by offsetting the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr from the amplification gate electrode 49 in the base layer; The waveguide 152 of Gb is offset from the reset gate electrode 48 in the base layer, intentionally reducing the sensitivity of the second green pixel Gr. Therefore, optical symmetry for the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be obtained. That is, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be further reduced or eliminated. The sensitivity of both green pixels Gb and Gr may be equal. Therefore, by reducing the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr, noise such as harsh noise can be reduced, and a solid-state image pickup device with high image quality can be provided.

6.第六实施例6. The sixth embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图35、36A和36B每个示出了根据本发明第六实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。图35是示出根据第六实施例的最终状态下的单元像素组的示意结构图。图36A和36B是示出用于为倾斜入射光线提供改进的像素部分的象角中心处和象角边缘处的单元像素组的示意平面图。35, 36A and 36B each show a solid-state image pickup device according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. Fig. 35 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a unit pixel group in a final state according to the sixth embodiment. 36A and 36B are schematic plan views showing unit pixel groups at the angular center and at the angular edges for providing improved pixel portions for oblique incident rays.

根据第六实施例的固态图像拾取装置除了控制绿色像素Gb和Gr两者之间的灵敏度的差别,还可以对颜色阴影提供控制。The solid-state image pickup device according to the sixth embodiment can provide control over color shading in addition to controlling the difference in sensitivity between the green pixels Gb and Gr.

首先,为了便于理解第六实施例,将参照图65A和65B描述改进之前的对比示例。图65A和65B中的对比示例与上述的图62中的对比示例类似。相似的附图标记表示相似的部件。如图65A所示,在象角中心处,入射光线L沿垂直于纸面的方向入射(在图中,为了便于示出,入射光线L从上侧进入下侧)。用于像素R、Gr、Gb和B的波导23布置在相应的传输栅电极115附近。从而,如圈f所示,传递通过波导23的部分入射光线L可能被传输栅电极115遮蔽。相比之下,如图65B所示,在象角的边缘处(在图中,例如示出左边像素部分),入射光线L从右侧倾斜地进入左侧。由于光电二极管PD1和PD2被传输栅电极115遮蔽,如圈g所示,入射在第一绿色像素Gb和红色像素R上的部分入射光线L被传输栅电极115遮蔽。如圈f所示,入射在第二绿色像素Gr和蓝色像素B上的部分入射光线L也可能被传输栅电极115遮蔽。并且,在象角的中心和边缘处,第二绿色像素Gr和蓝色像素B的波导23位于放大栅电极121附近。如圈e所示,部分入射光线L被放大栅电极121遮蔽。因此,出现第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别,并且出现颜色阴影。First, to facilitate understanding of the sixth embodiment, a comparative example before improvement will be described with reference to FIGS. 65A and 65B . The comparative example in FIGS. 65A and 65B is similar to the comparative example in FIG. 62 described above. Like reference numerals refer to like parts. As shown in FIG. 65A, at the center of the image angle, the incident ray L is incident in a direction perpendicular to the paper (in the figure, for convenience of illustration, the incident ray L enters the lower side from the upper side). The waveguides 23 for the pixels R, Gr, Gb and B are arranged near the respective transfer gate electrodes 115 . Thus, as indicated by circle f, part of the incident light L passing through the waveguide 23 may be shielded by the transmission grid electrode 115 . In contrast, as shown in FIG. 65B, at the edge of the image angle (in the drawing, for example, the left pixel portion is shown), the incident ray L obliquely enters the left side from the right side. Since the photodiodes PD1 and PD2 are shielded by the transfer gate electrode 115 , as indicated by circle g, part of the incident light L incident on the first green pixel Gb and the red pixel R is shielded by the transfer gate electrode 115 . As indicated by the circle f, part of the incident light L incident on the second green pixel Gr and the blue pixel B may also be shielded by the transfer gate electrode 115 . Also, the waveguides 23 of the second green pixel Gr and blue pixel B are located near the amplification gate electrode 121 at the center and edge of the image angle. As indicated by circle e, part of the incident light L is shielded by the amplifying grid electrode 121 . Therefore, a difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr occurs, and color shading occurs.

通过第六实施例的固态图像拾取装置63,如图36A所示的象角的中心处和图36B所示的象角的边缘处,单元像素组42中像素R、Gr、Gb和B的波导152沿水平方向离开相应的传输栅电极43偏移,如箭头X所示。因此,在像素R、Gr、Gb和B中,在象角中心处的部分的垂直入射光线L以及倾斜入射光线L几乎不被传输栅电极43遮蔽。从而,降低或消除了传输栅电极43对入射光线L的遮蔽。With the solid-state image pickup device 63 of the sixth embodiment, at the center of the image angle shown in FIG. 36A and at the edge of the image angle shown in FIG. 36B, the waveguides of the pixels R, Gr, Gb, and B in the unit pixel group 42 152 is offset from the corresponding transfer gate electrode 43 in the horizontal direction, as indicated by arrow X. Therefore, in the pixels R, Gr, Gb, and B, the portions of the vertically incident rays L and the obliquely incident rays L at the center of the image angle are hardly shielded by the transfer gate electrode 43 . Therefore, the shielding of the incident light L by the transmission grid electrode 43 is reduced or eliminated.

并且,类似于根据第四实施例的描述,第二绿色像素Gr的波导152离开放大栅电极49偏移,并且蓝色像素B的波导152离开放大栅电极159偏移。And, similar to the description according to the fourth embodiment, the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is offset from the amplification gate electrode 49 , and the waveguide 152 of the blue pixel B is offset from the amplification gate electrode 159 .

因此,参照图35,根据第六实施例的固态图像拾取装置63沿箭头所示的方向偏移预定的偏移量。具体地,第二绿色像素Gr的波导152向斜上方右侧(箭头Y)离开传输栅电极43和放大栅电极49而偏移。蓝色像素B的波导152向斜下方右侧(箭头Z)偏移以与第二绿色像素Gr的波导152对称。第一绿色像素Gb的波导152和红色像素R水平地向左侧离开传输栅电极43偏移。单元像素组42中的波导152的布局在整个像素部分40中是等同的。Therefore, referring to FIG. 35 , the solid-state image pickup device 63 according to the sixth embodiment is shifted by a predetermined shift amount in the direction indicated by the arrow. Specifically, the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is offset away from the transfer gate electrode 43 and the amplification gate electrode 49 to the obliquely upper right (arrow Y). The waveguide 152 of the blue pixel B is shifted obliquely downward and rightward (arrow Z) to be symmetrical with the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr. The waveguide 152 of the first green pixel Gb and the red pixel R are offset horizontally to the left from the transfer gate electrode 43 . The layout of the waveguides 152 in the unit pixel group 42 is identical in the entire pixel portion 40 .

其它结构类似于根据第四实施例所描述的。图35、36A和36B中,类似的附图标记指代图31A和31B中类似的部件。Other structures are similar to those described according to the fourth embodiment. In Figures 35, 36A and 36B, like reference numerals refer to like parts in Figures 31A and 31B.

通过第六实施例的固态图像拾取装置63,可以降低或消除第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别。可以减小噪声(例如刺耳的噪声)。此外,可以控制红色像素R和蓝色像素B的灵敏度。可以降低像素部分40的灵敏度的变化,并且可以降低颜色阴影。由于可以降低像素部分40的灵敏度的变化,可以减少校正电路,并且电路尺寸可以降低。With the solid-state image pickup device 63 of the sixth embodiment, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced or eliminated. Noise (such as harsh noise) can be reduced. In addition, the sensitivity of the red pixel R and the blue pixel B can be controlled. Variations in sensitivity of the pixel portion 40 can be reduced, and color shading can be reduced. Since variations in sensitivity of the pixel portion 40 can be reduced, correction circuits can be reduced, and the circuit size can be reduced.

7.第七实施例7. The seventh embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图37示出了根据本发明第七实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。图37是示出单元像素组中的第二绿色像素Gr的横截面视图。Fig. 37 shows a solid-state image pickup device according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view showing the second green pixel Gr in the unit pixel group.

基底层中的对称布置不仅可以对于多晶硅制成的栅电极进行,还可以对于布线图案。根据第七实施例的固态图像拾取装置可以对于布线部分155获得基底层中的光学对称。A symmetrical arrangement in the base layer can be performed not only for gate electrodes made of polysilicon, but also for wiring patterns. The solid-state image pickup device according to the seventh embodiment can obtain optical symmetry in the base layer with respect to the wiring portion 155 .

首先,为了便于理解第七实施例,将参照图38描述改进之前的对比示例。图38是其中四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组中的第二绿色像素Gr的横截面视图。在对比示例的固态图像拾取装置33中,参照图38,作为光电转换器的光电二极管PD4形成在半导体基底24的表面上,并且包括布线部分26的多个层通过中间夹着中间层绝缘膜25形成在半导体基底24上方。波导23形成在光电二极管PD4上方使得波导23嵌在中间层绝缘膜25中。颜色滤光片层28形成在波导23上方。微透镜29(也称为片上透镜)形成在颜色滤光片层28上。在该示例中,波导23设置在底层中的布线部分26上方。底层中的布线部分26的一部分突出到光电二极管PD4上方的区域,并且包括布线部分26在内的基底层在单元像素组中具有非对称的布置。尽管未图示,在包括红色像素R、蓝色像素B和第一绿色像素Gb的其它像素中,波导23下方的底层中的布线部分布线部分26不突出到光电二极管PD1、PD2和PD3上方的区域。First, to facilitate understanding of the seventh embodiment, a comparative example before improvement will be described with reference to FIG. 38 . 38 is a cross-sectional view of the second green pixel Gr in a four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. In the solid-state image pickup device 33 of the comparative example, referring to FIG. formed over the semiconductor substrate 24 . The waveguide 23 is formed over the photodiode PD4 so that the waveguide 23 is embedded in the interlayer insulating film 25 . A color filter layer 28 is formed over the waveguide 23 . Microlenses 29 (also called on-chip lenses) are formed on the color filter layer 28 . In this example, the waveguide 23 is disposed over the wiring portion 26 in the bottom layer. A part of the wiring portion 26 in the bottom layer protrudes to a region above the photodiode PD4, and the base layer including the wiring portion 26 has an asymmetric arrangement in the unit pixel group. Although not shown, in other pixels including the red pixel R, the blue pixel B, and the first green pixel Gb, the wiring portion 26 in the bottom layer below the waveguide 23 does not protrude beyond the photodiodes PD1, PD2, and PD3. area.

在对比示例的固态图像拾取装置33中,参照图38,入射在第二绿色像素Gr上的部分入射光线L被底层中的布线部分26遮蔽,使第二绿色像素Gr的灵敏度降低。因此,出现第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别。如果底层中的布线部分26的一部分延伸到另一个像素的电光二极管上方的区域,并且如果包括布线部分26在内的基底层的布局非对称,则出现颜色阴影。In the solid-state image pickup device 33 of the comparative example, referring to FIG. 38 , part of the incident light L incident on the second green pixel Gr is shielded by the wiring portion 26 in the bottom layer, reducing the sensitivity of the second green pixel Gr. Therefore, a difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr occurs. Color shading occurs if a part of the wiring portion 26 in the bottom layer extends to an area above the electrophotodiode of another pixel, and if the layout of the base layer including the wiring portion 26 is asymmetric.

在根据第七实施例的固态图像拾取装置65中,作为光电转换器的光电二极管PD4形成在半导体基底153的表面上,并且包括布线部分155的多个层通过中间夹着中间层绝缘膜154形成在半导体基底153上方。布线部分155在与光电二极管PD4对应的区域中基本上打开。波导152形成在光电二极管PD4上方使得波导152嵌在中间层绝缘膜154中。波导152将入射光线引导到光电二极管PD。中间层绝缘膜154的表面被平面化。颜色滤光片层157形成在中间层绝缘膜154的表面上。微透镜158(也称为片上透镜)形成在颜色滤光片层157上。在该示例中,波导152设置在底层中的布线部分155上方,并且底层中的布线部分155的一部分突出到光电二极管PD4上方的区域。尽管未图示,在包括红色像素R、蓝色像素B和第一绿色像素Gb的其它像素中,波导152下方的底层中的布线部分布线部分155不突出到光电二极管PD1、PD2和PD3上方的区域。从而,包括布线部分155在内的基底层的布局在单元像素组42中具有非对称的布置。In the solid-state image pickup device 65 according to the seventh embodiment, a photodiode PD4 as a photoelectric converter is formed on the surface of a semiconductor substrate 153, and a plurality of layers including a wiring portion 155 are formed with an interlayer insulating film 154 interposed therebetween. above the semiconductor substrate 153 . The wiring portion 155 is substantially opened in a region corresponding to the photodiode PD4. The waveguide 152 is formed over the photodiode PD4 so that the waveguide 152 is embedded in the interlayer insulating film 154 . The waveguide 152 guides the incident light to the photodiode PD. The surface of the interlayer insulating film 154 is planarized. The color filter layer 157 is formed on the surface of the interlayer insulating film 154 . Microlenses 158 (also referred to as on-chip lenses) are formed on the color filter layer 157 . In this example, the waveguide 152 is provided over the wiring portion 155 in the bottom layer, and a part of the wiring portion 155 in the bottom layer protrudes to a region above the photodiode PD4. Although not shown, in other pixels including the red pixel R, the blue pixel B, and the first green pixel Gb, the wiring portion 155 in the bottom layer below the waveguide 152 does not protrude to the area above the photodiodes PD1, PD2, and PD3. area. Thus, the layout of the base layer including the wiring portion 155 has an asymmetrical arrangement in the unit pixel group 42 .

在该实施例中,第二绿色像素Gr的波导152离开布线部分155而偏移,布线部分155突出到光电二极管PD4上方的区域。其它颜色的像素R、Gb和B的波导152设置在相对于相应的光电二极管的等同的位置处。由于仅第二绿色像素Gr的波导152从初始位置偏移,单元像素组42中的第二绿色像素Gr的波导152相对于第二绿色像素Gr和其它颜色的像素Gb、R和B之间的边界,与其它颜色的像素Gb、R和B非对称地布置。在单元像素组42中的波导152的布局在整个像素部分40中相同。In this embodiment, the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is offset from a wiring portion 155 protruding to a region above the photodiode PD4. The waveguides 152 of the pixels R, Gb and B of the other colors are arranged at equivalent positions relative to the corresponding photodiodes. Since only the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is shifted from the initial position, the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr in the unit pixel group 42 is relative to the distance between the second green pixel Gr and the pixels Gb, R, and B of other colors. Borders are arranged asymmetrically with pixels Gb, R, and B of other colors. The layout of the waveguides 152 in the unit pixel group 42 is the same in the entire pixel portion 40 .

四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型的其它结构与根据第四实施例所描述的类似。将省去重复的描述。Other structures of the four-pixel sharing type in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor are similar to those described according to the fourth embodiment. Duplicate descriptions will be omitted.

根据第七实施例的固态图像拾取装置65,第二绿色像素Gr的波导152离开布线部分155而偏移,布线部分155突出到光电二极管PD4上方的区域。因此,入射光线L没有被布线部分155遮蔽,并且入射在光电二极管PD4上,从而使第二绿色像素Gr的灵敏度提高。从而,可以降低或消除第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别。绿色像素Gb和Gr两者的灵敏度可以相等。因此,通过降低第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别,可以减小噪声(例如刺耳的噪声),并且可以提供具有高图像质量的固态图像拾取装置。According to the solid-state image pickup device 65 of the seventh embodiment, the waveguide 152 of the second green pixel Gr is offset from the wiring portion 155 protruding to the region above the photodiode PD4. Accordingly, the incident light L is not shielded by the wiring portion 155 and is incident on the photodiode PD4, so that the sensitivity of the second green pixel Gr is improved. Thereby, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced or eliminated. The sensitivity of both green pixels Gb and Gr may be equal. Therefore, by reducing the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr, noise such as harsh noise can be reduced, and a solid-state image pickup device with high image quality can be provided.

如果底层中的布线部分155的一部分突出到另一个颜色像素的光电二极管PD上方的区域,该像素的波导偏移。根据这种结构,入射光线L没有被布线部分155遮蔽,并且可以降低颜色阴影。If a part of the wiring portion 155 in the bottom layer protrudes to an area above the photodiode PD of another color pixel, the waveguide of the pixel is shifted. According to this structure, the incident light L is not shielded by the wiring portion 155, and color shading can be reduced.

8.第八实施例8. Eighth embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图39A和图39B每个示出了根据本发明第八实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。图39A和图39B是示出根据第八实施例的最终状态下的象角中心处和象角边缘处的单元像素组的示意结构图。39A and 39B each show a solid-state image pickup device according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. 39A and 39B are schematic configuration diagrams showing unit pixel groups at the center of the image corner and at the edge of the image corner in the final state according to the eighth embodiment.

根据该实施例的固态图像拾取装置通过将根据第四至第七实施例中任意所描述的波导的偏移与用于波导的光瞳校正结合起来,降低绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度差别,并且降低颜色阴影。The solid-state image pickup device according to this embodiment reduces the difference in sensitivity between the green pixels Gb and Gr by combining the shifting of the waveguide according to any of the fourth to seventh embodiments described with pupil correction for the waveguide , and lower the color shadows.

首先,将参照图40A至图43描述用于波导的光瞳校正。在图40A至图43的横截面视图中,为了便于描述,没有示出像素晶体管。图40A示出了象角中心处的像素。图40B示出了象角端部处的像素。参照图40A和图40B,在固态图像拾取装置的像素中,作为光电转换器的光电二极管PD形成在半导体基底153的表面上,并且包括布线部分155的多个层通过中间夹着中间层绝缘膜154形成在半导体基底153上方的除光电二极管PD上方的区域以外的区域中。波导152形成在光电二极管PD上方使得波导152嵌在中间层绝缘膜154中。波导152将入射光线引导到光电二极管PD。中间层绝缘膜154的表面被平面化。用于对应波导152的颜色滤光片层157形成在平面化的表面上。微透镜158(也称为片上透镜)形成在颜色滤光片层157上。First, pupil correction for a waveguide will be described with reference to FIGS. 40A to 43 . In the cross-sectional views of FIGS. 40A to 43 , pixel transistors are not shown for convenience of description. Figure 40A shows the pixel at the center of the image angle. Fig. 40B shows pixels at the corner ends. Referring to FIGS. 40A and 40B, in a pixel of a solid-state image pickup device, a photodiode PD as a photoelectric converter is formed on the surface of a semiconductor substrate 153, and a plurality of layers including a wiring portion 155 are sandwiched by an interlayer insulating film. 154 is formed in a region above the semiconductor substrate 153 other than the region above the photodiode PD. The waveguide 152 is formed over the photodiode PD such that the waveguide 152 is embedded in the interlayer insulating film 154 . The waveguide 152 guides the incident light to the photodiode PD. The surface of the interlayer insulating film 154 is planarized. A color filter layer 157 for the corresponding waveguide 152 is formed on the planarized surface. Microlenses 158 (also referred to as on-chip lenses) are formed on the color filter layer 157 .

波导152形成为使得在光电二极管PD上方的区域中在中间层绝缘膜154中形成波导孔,并且波导孔充填有折射率大于中间层绝缘膜154的透光材料。该材料例如是氮化硅膜、金刚石膜或树脂膜。微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157经历光瞳校正以有效地会聚甚至倾斜光线。光瞳校正量从象角的中心(即,像素部分的中心)朝向象角的边缘增大。The waveguide 152 is formed such that a waveguide hole is formed in the interlayer insulating film 154 in a region above the photodiode PD, and the waveguide hole is filled with a light-transmitting material having a higher refractive index than the interlayer insulating film 154 . The material is, for example, a silicon nitride film, a diamond film, or a resin film. Microlenses 158 and color filter layer 157 undergo pupil correction to efficiently converge and even oblique light rays. The pupil correction amount increases from the center of the image angle (ie, the center of the pixel portion) toward the edge of the image angle.

如上所述,在像素部分40中对应光电二极管PD形成的波导152具有柱形主体,从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面。例如,具有恒定的横截面的柱形主体可以是圆柱体或椭圆柱体(包括椭圆柱)。入射到波导152的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线中心LC与波导152的中心轴C对齐。As described above, the waveguide 152 formed corresponding to the photodiode PD in the pixel portion 40 has a cylindrical body with a constant cross section from the light incident side end to the light light exit side end. For example, a cylindrical body of constant cross-section may be a cylinder or an elliptical cylinder (including elliptical cylinders). The ray center LC of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 152 .

在这种情况下,在图40A中的象角的中心处的像素中,入射光线在中心轴方向入射在微透镜158上。由微透镜158会聚的入射光线传递通过颜色滤光片层157并被它分开,并且入射到波导152的光线入射侧一端上。入射光线沿波导152的中心轴C被引导并且从波导16的光线出射侧一端出射。光线射在光电二极管PD的中心。即,传递通过微透镜158的中心的入射光线沿着颜色滤光片层157的中心和波导152的中心轴C传递,并且射在光电二极管PD的中心。从而,没有对波导152执行光瞳校正。In this case, in the pixel at the center of the image angle in FIG. 40A, incident light rays are incident on the microlens 158 in the central axis direction. The incident light condensed by the microlens 158 passes through and is separated by the color filter layer 157 , and is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 . The incident light is guided along the central axis C of the waveguide 152 and emerges from the light exit side end of the waveguide 16 . Light strikes the center of the photodiode PD. That is, incident light passing through the center of the microlens 158 passes along the center of the color filter layer 157 and the central axis C of the waveguide 152, and is incident on the center of the photodiode PD. Thus, no pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 152 .

在位于从象角的中心偏移的位置处的像素中,或在图中的象角的边缘处的像素中,如上所述,微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157经历光瞳校正以有效地会聚甚至倾斜光线,如上所述。并且,入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端的入射光线的射线中心LC与波导152的中心轴C对齐。即,已经为波导152执行光瞳校正。In pixels located at positions offset from the center of the image angle, or in pixels at the edges of the image angle in the figure, as described above, the microlens 158 and the color filter layer 157 undergo pupil correction to effectively converging or even oblique rays, as described above. Furthermore, the ray center LC of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 152 . That is, pupil correction has been performed for the waveguide 152 .

在像素部分40中,其上入射具有相等的波长的入射光线的光电二极管PD中,每个波导152的中心轴C相对于相应的光电二极管PD的中心的偏移量从像素部分40的中心朝向外侧变大。从像素部分40的中心朝向外侧对微透镜158执行光瞳校正,然而光瞳校正量不足够。鉴于此,对于具有相等的波长的入射光线,波导152的中心轴相对于光电二极管PD的中心的偏移量增大,从而来自微透镜158的光线的射线中心与波导152的中心轴C对齐。In the pixel portion 40, among the photodiodes PD on which incident rays having equal wavelengths are incident, the center axis C of each waveguide 152 is shifted from the center of the pixel portion 40 toward the center axis C of the corresponding photodiode PD. The outside becomes larger. The pupil correction is performed on the microlens 158 from the center of the pixel portion 40 toward the outside, however the pupil correction amount is insufficient. In view of this, for incident rays of equal wavelength, the offset of the central axis of the waveguide 152 relative to the center of the photodiode PD increases so that the ray center of the light from the microlens 158 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 152 .

波导152的直径允许来自波导152的光线出射侧一端的入射光线射在光电二极管PD的表面内的区域上。从而,波导152的尺寸不等于光电二极管PD的表面的尺寸,这与相关技术的波导不同。波导152的直径理想地大于传递通过波导152的光线入射侧一端上的颜色滤光片层157的入射光线的光点直径。光点直径按照入射光线的波长而变化。例如,当颜色滤光片层157将入射光线分为红光、绿光和蓝光时,红光的光点直径是最大的,绿光的光点直径小于红光的光点直径,并且蓝光的光点直径小于绿光的光点直径。如果波导152的直径按照颜色而确定,总局将变得复杂。例如,波导152的直径基于具有入射光线的中间波长范围的绿光而确定。或者,如果在波导152和布线层150的布线部分155之间设置边缘,那么波导152的直径可以基于红光来确定。The diameter of the waveguide 152 allows incident light from the light exit side end of the waveguide 152 to impinge on an area within the surface of the photodiode PD. Thus, the size of the waveguide 152 is not equal to the size of the surface of the photodiode PD, unlike the waveguide of the related art. The diameter of the waveguide 152 is desirably larger than the spot diameter of incident light passing through the color filter layer 157 on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 . The spot diameter varies according to the wavelength of the incident light. For example, when the color filter layer 157 divides the incident light into red light, green light and blue light, the spot diameter of the red light is the largest, the spot diameter of the green light is smaller than that of the red light, and the spot diameter of the blue light is smaller than that of the red light. The spot diameter is smaller than that of green light. If the diameter of the waveguide 152 is determined by color, the overall situation will become complicated. For example, the diameter of the waveguide 152 is determined based on green light having an intermediate wavelength range of the incident light rays. Alternatively, if an edge is provided between the waveguide 152 and the wiring portion 155 of the wiring layer 150, the diameter of the waveguide 152 may be determined based on red light.

通过将波导152的直径减小到小于相关技术的波导的直径,可以增大用于光瞳校正的边缘。此外,通过减小围绕波导152设置的布线部分155的宽度,可以进一步增大波导152的用于光瞳校正的边缘。By reducing the diameter of the waveguide 152 to be smaller than that of the related art waveguide, the margin for pupil correction can be increased. Furthermore, by reducing the width of the wiring portion 155 provided around the waveguide 152, the edge of the waveguide 152 for pupil correction can be further enlarged.

参照图41A至图41C,在像素部分40中,其上入射具有相等的波长的入射光线的光电二极管PD中,每个波导152的中心轴C相对于相应的光电二极管PD的中心的偏移量从像素部分40的中心朝向外侧变大。换言之,关于位于离开像素部分40的中心相等的距离处的光电二极管PD,每个波导152的中心轴C相对于相应的光电二极管PD的中心轴FC的偏移量随着入射到光电二极管PD上的光线的波长的增大而增大。对于波导152的光瞳校正量满足关系“蓝光(B)<绿光(G)<红光(R)”。为了便于示出平面布局,波导152小于光电二极管PD。由此,通过每个波导152可以使阴影最优化。Referring to FIGS. 41A to 41C , in the pixel portion 40, in the photodiodes PD on which incident rays having equal wavelengths are incident, the amount of shift of the central axis C of each waveguide 152 with respect to the center of the corresponding photodiode PD It becomes larger from the center of the pixel portion 40 toward the outside. In other words, with respect to the photodiodes PD positioned at equal distances from the center of the pixel portion 40, the shift amount of the central axis C of each waveguide 152 relative to the central axis FC of the corresponding photodiode PD increases with increases with the increase of the wavelength of the light. The pupil correction amount for the waveguide 152 satisfies the relationship "blue light (B)<green light (G)<red light (R)". For ease of illustrating the floor plan, the waveguide 152 is smaller than the photodiode PD. Thus, shading can be optimized by each waveguide 152 .

典型地,随着位置从像素部分20的中心朝向外侧偏移,由微透镜158会聚的入射光线的入射角增大。对于微透镜158执行光瞳校正,然而光瞳校正量不充足。鉴于此,如上所述,对于具有相等的波长的入射光线,每个波导16的中心轴相对于光电二极管的中心的偏移量增大,从而来自微透镜158的光线的射线的中心与波导16的中心轴对齐。Typically, the incident angle of the incident light condensed by the microlens 158 increases as the position shifts from the center of the pixel portion 20 toward the outside. Pupil correction is performed for the microlens 158, however, the pupil correction amount is insufficient. In view of this, as described above, for incident rays having equal wavelengths, the offset of the central axis of each waveguide 16 relative to the center of the photodiode increases so that the center of the ray from the microlens 158 is aligned with the center of the waveguide 16. aligned with the central axis.

典型地,微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157经历光瞳校正,从而入射光线在中心轴方向上入射到光电二极管PD上。例如,对于微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157执行具有参照波长的入射光线(例如,绿光)的光瞳校正。在这种情况下,参照图41A,由于蓝光容易被微透镜158弯曲,蓝光入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端时的入射角变大。因此,微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157通过光瞳校正相对于光电二极管PD的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心极大地偏移。然而,即使当微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157极大地偏移时,从颜色滤光片层157射出的光线也在靠近光电二极管PD的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端上。因此,入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端上的几乎所有的入射光线被引导到波导152。在这种情况下,波导152的位置校正为使得入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导152的中心轴C对齐。Typically, microlenses 158 and color filter layer 157 undergo pupil correction so that incident light is incident on photodiode PD in the direction of the central axis. For example, pupil correction of incident light rays (for example, green light) having a reference wavelength is performed for the microlens 158 and the color filter layer 157 . In this case, referring to FIG. 41A , since the blue light is easily bent by the microlens 158 , the incident angle of the blue light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 becomes large. Therefore, the microlens 158 and the color filter layer 157 are greatly shifted toward the center of the pixel portion with respect to the central axis FC of the photodiode PD by pupil correction. However, even when the microlens 158 and the color filter layer 157 are greatly shifted, the light emitted from the color filter layer 157 is incident on the waveguide 152 at a position close to the central axis FC of the photodiode PD. side on one end. Therefore, almost all of the incident light rays incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 are guided to the waveguide 152 . In this case, the position of the waveguide 152 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 152 .

参照图41C,由于红光相比蓝光几乎不会被微透镜158弯曲,红光入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端时的入射角变为小于蓝光的入射角。并且,微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157通过光瞳校正相对于光电二极管PD的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心极大地偏移。由于这样,从颜色滤光片层157射出的光线在远离光电二极管PD的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端上。在一些情况下,将光线入射为使得光线的主要部分从波导152的光线入射侧一端突出。然而,在本发明的该实施例中,将波导152的位置校正为使得入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导152的中心轴C对齐。从而,从颜色滤光片层157射出的几乎所有的入射光线入射到波导152的光线入射侧一端上并被引导到波导152中。Referring to FIG. 41C , since red light is less bent by the microlens 158 than blue light, the incident angle of red light incident on the light-incident side end of waveguide 152 becomes smaller than that of blue light. Also, the microlens 158 and the color filter layer 157 are greatly shifted toward the center of the pixel portion with respect to the central axis FC of the photodiode PD by pupil correction. Due to this, the light emitted from the color filter layer 157 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 at a position away from the central axis FC of the photodiode PD. In some cases, the light is incident such that a major part of the light protrudes from the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 . However, in this embodiment of the invention, the position of the waveguide 152 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 152 . Thus, almost all of the incident light emitted from the color filter layer 157 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 and guided into the waveguide 152 .

并且,参照图41B,绿光相比蓝光几乎不会被微透镜158弯曲,并且相比红光容易被微透镜158弯曲。入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端的入射光线的入射角小于蓝光的入射角并且大于红光的入射角。由于微透镜158和颜色滤光片层157通过光瞳校正相对于光电二极管PD的中心轴FC向像素部分的中心极大地偏移,从颜色滤光片层157射出的光线在远离光光电二极管PD的中心轴线FC的位置处入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端上。然而,在本发明的该实施例中,将波导152的位置校正为使得入射在波导152的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的射线的中心轴LC与波导152的中心轴C对齐。从而,从颜色滤光片层157射出的几乎所有的入射光线入射到波导152的光线入射侧一端上并被引导到波导152中。Also, referring to FIG. 41B , green light is less bent by the microlens 158 than blue light, and is easily bent by the microlens 158 than red light. The incident angle of the incident light rays incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 is smaller than that of blue light and larger than that of red light. Since the microlens 158 and the color filter layer 157 are greatly shifted toward the center of the pixel portion with respect to the central axis FC of the photodiode PD by pupil correction, the light emitted from the color filter layer 157 is far away from the photodiode PD. The light is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 at the position of the center axis FC of the waveguide 152 . However, in this embodiment of the invention, the position of the waveguide 152 is corrected so that the central axis LC of the ray of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 is aligned with the central axis C of the waveguide 152 . Thus, almost all of the incident light emitted from the color filter layer 157 is incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide 152 and guided into the waveguide 152 .

如上所述,随着被颜色滤光片层157分开的光线的波长减小,每个波导152的中心轴C相对于相应的光电二极管PD的中心的偏移量减小。因此,即当波导152的光线入射侧一端上的入射光线的波长彼此不同时,波导152也根据波长分别地设置,像素的灵敏度相等,并且不会发生颜色阴影。As described above, as the wavelength of light separated by the color filter layer 157 decreases, the amount of offset of the central axis C of each waveguide 152 with respect to the center of the corresponding photodiode PD decreases. Therefore, even when the wavelengths of incident light rays on the light incident side end of the waveguides 152 are different from each other, the waveguides 152 are also arranged separately according to the wavelengths, the sensitivity of the pixels is equal, and color shading does not occur.

图42A、42B和43每个示出了四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管,其中对于上述的波导执行光瞳校正。图42A示出了在图43所示的像素部分40的象角的中心处,四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组42中波导152的布局。图42B示出了在图43所示的像素部分40的象角的右上边缘处,四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组42中波导152的布局。像素部分40的象角的右下、左上和左下边缘处,四像素共享型单元像素组42中波导152的布局相对于象角的中心与图42B中所示的波导152的布局对称。42A, 42B, and 43 each show a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device that shares one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor, in which pupil correction is performed for the waveguide described above. FIG. 42A shows that at the center of the image angle of the pixel portion 40 shown in FIG. 43, four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor of the waveguide 152 in the four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 42. layout. FIG. 42B shows that at the upper right edge of the image angle of the pixel portion 40 shown in FIG. 43 , four pixels share a floating diffusion region, an amplification transistor, and a selection transistor in a four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 42 waveguide 152 Layout. At the lower right, upper left, and lower left edges of the image corner of the pixel portion 40, the layout of the waveguides 152 in the four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 42 is symmetrical to the layout of the waveguides 152 shown in FIG. 42B with respect to the center of the image corner.

通过将其中根据第四实施例仅增加第二绿色像素Gr的波导152的布局加到的其中执行图40A至图43所示的光瞳校正的波导152的布局,构成根据第八实施例的固态图像拾取装置67。By adding the layout of the waveguide 152 in which only the second green pixel Gr is added according to the fourth embodiment to the layout of the waveguide 152 in which the pupil correction shown in FIGS. 40A to 43 is performed, the solid state according to the eighth embodiment is constructed. Image pickup device 67 .

由于根据第八实施例的固态图像拾取装置67的结构中对波导152执行光瞳校正,可以降低颜色阴影。并且,可以减小第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度差别,并且可以提供具有高图像质量的固态图像拾取装置。Since pupil correction is performed on the waveguide 152 in the structure of the solid-state image pickup device 67 according to the eighth embodiment, color shading can be reduced. Also, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced, and a solid-state image pickup device with high image quality can be provided.

或者,第八实施例的结构中可以是将根据第五至第七实施例中任意的与参照图40A至43所描述的用于波导的光瞳校正结合起来。Alternatively, the structure of the eighth embodiment may be a combination of any of the fifth to seventh embodiments and the pupil correction for the waveguide described with reference to FIGS. 40A to 43 .

9.第九实施例9. Ninth Embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图44示出了根据本发明第九实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管二像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置。Fig. 44 shows a solid-state image pickup device according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of this embodiment is a two-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device that two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor.

首先,为了便于理解第九实施例,将参照图45描述改进之前的两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管二像素共享型固态图像拾取装置34的对比示例。固态图像拾取装置34具有其中包括波导111的示例结构。通过将波导111加到图1所示的上述固态图像拾取装置1中的每个像素,构成固态图像拾取装置34。其它结构与参照图1所描述的类似。在图45中,类似的附图标记指代图1中类似的部件。在固态图像拾取装置34中,在两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管二像素共享型单元像素组2中,传输栅电极3相对于相邻像素之间的边界彼此非对称。具体地,像素B和Gr的传输栅电极3相对于像素B和Gr之间的边界彼此非对称,并且像素Gb和R的传输栅电极3相对于像素Gb和R之间的边界彼此非对称。假设其中包括红色像素R、第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr以及蓝色像素B的四个像素的组具有拜耳型,由于基底层中传输栅电极3的布局彼此非对称,故出现绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别,并且出现颜色阴影。First, in order to facilitate understanding of the ninth embodiment, a comparative example in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor two-pixel sharing type solid-state image pickup device 34 before improvement will be described with reference to FIG. 45 . The solid-state image pickup device 34 has an example structure in which the waveguide 111 is included. The solid-state image pickup device 34 is constituted by adding the waveguide 111 to each pixel in the above-described solid-state image pickup device 1 shown in FIG. 1 . Other structures are similar to those described with reference to FIG. 1 . In FIG. 45 , like reference numerals refer to like components in FIG. 1 . In the solid-state image pickup device 34, in the two-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 2 where two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor, the transfer gate electrode 3 is indistinguishable from each other with respect to the boundary between adjacent pixels. symmetry. Specifically, the transfer gate electrodes 3 of the pixels B and Gr are asymmetrical to each other with respect to the boundary between the pixels B and Gr, and the transfer gate electrodes 3 of the pixels Gb and R are asymmetrical to each other with respect to the boundary between the pixels Gb and R. Assuming that the group of four pixels including the red pixel R, the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr, and the blue pixel B has a Bayer type, green pixels appear because the layouts of the transfer gate electrodes 3 in the base layer are asymmetrical to each other. The difference in sensitivity between Gb and Gr, and color shading occurs.

参照图44,根据第九实施例的固态图像拾取装置69具有的像素部分中,两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管二像素共享型单元像素组71二维地重复地排列。二像素共享型单元像素组71每个包括两个光电二极管PD1和PD2(或PD3和PD4)、两个传输晶体管Tr11和Tr12、一个浮动扩散区FD、复位晶体管Tr2和放大晶体管Tr3。对于光电二极管PD1和PD2(或PD3和PD4)分别形成波导78。在该实施例中,由于使用具有拜耳型的颜色滤光片,将包括红色像素R和第一绿色像素Gb的二像素共享型单元像素组71以及包括蓝色像素B和第二绿色像素Gr的二像素共享型单元像素组71重复地排列。相邻的两个二像素共享型单元像素组71限定一组的四个像素Gr、R、Gb和B。Referring to FIG. 44 , the solid-state image pickup device 69 according to the ninth embodiment has a pixel portion in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor two-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 71 two-dimensionally repeatedly arrangement. The two-pixel sharing type unit pixel groups 71 each include two photodiodes PD1 and PD2 (or PD3 and PD4 ), two transfer transistors Tr11 and Tr12 , one floating diffusion FD, a reset transistor Tr2 and an amplification transistor Tr3 . Waveguides 78 are formed for photodiodes PD1 and PD2 (or PD3 and PD4 ), respectively. In this embodiment, since a color filter having a Bayer type is used, a two-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 71 including a red pixel R and a first green pixel Gb and a unit pixel group 71 including a blue pixel B and a second green pixel Gr Two-pixel sharing type unit pixel groups 71 are repeatedly arranged. Adjacent two two-pixel sharing type unit pixel groups 71 define a set of four pixels Gr, R, Gb, and B.

传输晶体管Tr11和Tr12包括相应的多晶硅制成的传输栅电极70、相应的光电二极管PD(PD1、PD2、PD3、PD4)和浮动扩散区FD。复位晶体管Tr2包括多晶硅制成的复位栅电极72、浮动扩散区FD和源区73。放大晶体管Tr3包括多晶硅制成的放大栅电极74、源区75和漏区76。浮动扩散区FD和放大栅电极74通过布线部分77彼此连接。放大晶体管Tr3的源区7连接到垂直信号线(未图示)。The transfer transistors Tr11 and Tr12 include respective transfer gate electrodes 70 made of polysilicon, respective photodiodes PD ( PD1 , PD2 , PD3 , PD4 ), and floating diffusion regions FD. The reset transistor Tr2 includes a reset gate electrode 72 made of polysilicon, a floating diffusion FD, and a source region 73 . The amplification transistor Tr3 includes an amplification gate electrode 74 made of polysilicon, a source region 75 and a drain region 76 . The floating diffusion FD and the amplification gate electrode 74 are connected to each other through a wiring portion 77 . The source region 7 of the amplification transistor Tr3 is connected to a vertical signal line (not shown).

在该实施例中,相应的像素Gr、R、Gb和B中的波导78沿基底层具有非对称的布局的方向偏移,即在该实施例中,其中包括多晶硅制成的传输栅电极70的基底层几乎不影响波导78。在该实施例中,第一绿色像素Gb和蓝色像素B的波导78水平向右偏移,并且第二绿色像素Gr和红色像素R的波导78垂直向下偏移。该实施例中的偏移方向仅是示例。可以按照基底层的非对称布置选择任意偏移方向。也可以选择根据第四至第八实施例中任意的结构。当四个像素Gr、R、Gb和B限定一个组时,每个组中的波导78的布局在整个像素部分中是等同的。In this embodiment, the waveguides 78 in the respective pixels Gr, R, Gb and B are offset along the direction in which the substrate layer has an asymmetrical layout, i.e. in this embodiment, a transfer gate electrode 70 made of polysilicon is included therein. The base layer hardly affects the waveguide 78. In this embodiment, the waveguides 78 of the first green pixel Gb and blue pixel B are offset horizontally to the right, and the waveguides 78 of the second green pixel Gr and red pixel R are offset vertically downward. The offset direction in this embodiment is just an example. Any offset direction can be chosen according to the asymmetric arrangement of the substrate layer. A structure according to any of the fourth to eighth embodiments may also be selected. When four pixels Gr, R, Gb, and B define a group, the layout of the waveguides 78 in each group is identical in the entire pixel portion.

根据第九实施例的固态图像拾取装置69,由于各个像素的波导78远离使波导78受影响的传输栅电极70。从而,可以降低绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别以及颜色阴影。可以为各个像素提供光学对称,并且可以提供具有高图像质量的固态图像拾取装置。According to the solid-state image pickup device 69 of the ninth embodiment, since the waveguide 78 of each pixel is far away from the transfer gate electrode 70 which affects the waveguide 78 . Thus, the difference in sensitivity and color shading between the green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced. Optical symmetry can be provided for individual pixels, and a solid-state image pickup device with high image quality can be provided.

10.第十实施例10. Tenth embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图46、47A和47B每个示出了根据本发明第十实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。图47A是沿图46中的XLVIIA-XLVIIA所取的横截面视图。图47B是沿图46中的XLVIIB-XLVIIB所取的横截面视图。46, 47A and 47B each show a solid-state image pickup device according to a tenth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. FIG. 47A is a cross-sectional view taken along XLVIIA-XLVIIA in FIG. 46 . FIG. 47B is a cross-sectional view taken along XLVIIB-XLVIIB in FIG. 46 .

该实施例不使用波导作为调节机构,而使用布线部分来调节光线量并从而获得光学对称。This embodiment does not use a waveguide as an adjustment mechanism, but uses a wiring portion to adjust the amount of light and thereby obtain optical symmetry.

首先,为了便于理解第十实施例,将参照图48、49A和49B描述改进之前的对比示例,该对比示例是其中四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型固态图像拾取装置35。对比示例的固态图像拾取装置35的单元像素组114类似于图62所示的结构,只是固态图像拾取装置35在光电二极管PD(PD1至PD4)上方的区域中不包括波导。在图48中的平面视图中,加入了布线部分26。将布线部分26设置为不位于光电二极管PD上方。参照图48、49A和49B,类似的附图标记指代参照图62、63A和63B中的类似的部件,并且省略其重复的描述。First, in order to facilitate the understanding of the tenth embodiment, a comparative example before improvement, which is a four-pixel sharing example in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor, will be described with reference to FIGS. 48 , 49A, and 49B. Type solid-state image pickup device 35. The unit pixel group 114 of the solid-state image pickup device 35 of the comparative example is similar to the structure shown in FIG. 62 except that the solid-state image pickup device 35 does not include a waveguide in the region above the photodiodes PD ( PD1 to PD4 ). In the plan view in FIG. 48, a wiring portion 26 is added. The wiring portion 26 is arranged not to be located above the photodiode PD. Referring to FIGS. 48 , 49A, and 49B , like reference numerals refer to like components in referring to FIGS. 62 , 63A, and 63B , and repeated descriptions thereof are omitted.

在对比示例的固态图像拾取装置35的单元像素组114中,参照图49A中的沿图48中的线XLIXA-XLIXA所取的横截面视图,入射在第二绿色像素Gr上的部分入射光线被基底层中且设置在光电二极管PD4附近的放大栅电极121遮蔽。相比之下,参照图49B中的沿图48中的线XLIXB-XLIXB所取的横截面视图,入射在第一绿色像素Gb上的入射光线没有被基底层中的栅电极遮蔽,并且入射在光电二极管PD1上。入射在蓝色像素B上的入射光线被放大栅电极121遮蔽。入射在第一绿色像素Gb上的入射光线没有被放大栅电极121遮蔽。因此,绿色像素Gr上的入射光线的量不同于绿色像素Gb上的入射光线的量。从而,出现灵敏度的差别。并且在像素Gr和B之间以及像素Gb和R之间出现入射光线量的差别。出现光学非对称。In the unit pixel group 114 of the solid-state image pickup device 35 of the comparative example, referring to the cross-sectional view in FIG. 49A taken along the line XLIXA-XLIXA in FIG. The amplification gate electrode 121 in the base layer and disposed near the photodiode PD4 is shielded. In contrast, referring to the cross-sectional view taken along the line XLIXB-XLIXB in FIG. 48 in FIG. 49B, the incident light incident on the first green pixel Gb is not shielded by the gate electrode in the base layer, and is incident on the on photodiode PD1. Incident light incident on the blue pixel B is shielded by the amplifying gate electrode 121 . The incident light incident on the first green pixel Gb is not shielded by the amplifying gate electrode 121 . Therefore, the amount of light incident on the green pixel Gr is different from the amount of light incident on the green pixel Gb. Thus, a difference in sensitivity occurs. And a difference in the amount of incident light appears between the pixels Gr and B and between the pixels Gb and R. Optical asymmetry occurs.

根据第十实施例的固态图像拾取装置81,参照图46、47A和47B,四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组42的结构与图31A、31B和32中所示的第四实施例的结构类似,只是除波导和布线部分外。具体地,参照图46,根据第十实施例的固态图像拾取装置81包括四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组42,其中用作为光电转换器的四个光电二极管PD共享一个像素晶体管单元。更具体地,单元像素组42包括四个光电二极管PD(PD1至PD4)、四个传输晶体管Tr(Tr11至Tr14)和一个浮动扩散区FD。此外,单元像素组42包括一个复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4。波导没有形成在每个像素的光电二极管PD的上方。According to the solid-state image pickup device 81 of the tenth embodiment, referring to FIGS. 46 , 47A, and 47B, the structure of a four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 42 in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor is the same as that of FIG. 31A , 31B and 32, the structure of the fourth embodiment is similar except for the waveguide and wiring parts. Specifically, referring to FIG. 46 , a solid-state image pickup device 81 according to the tenth embodiment includes a four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 42 in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor, which are used as photoelectric conversion The four photodiodes PD of the device share one pixel transistor unit. More specifically, the unit pixel group 42 includes four photodiodes PD ( PD1 to PD4 ), four transfer transistors Tr ( Tr11 to Tr14 ), and one floating diffusion region FD. In addition, the unit pixel group 42 includes a reset transistor Tr2, an amplification transistor Tr3, and a selection transistor Tr4. A waveguide is not formed over the photodiode PD of each pixel.

浮动扩散区FD布置在2×2的阵列的四个光电二极管PD1至PD4的中心。由多晶硅制成的传输栅电极43布置在浮动扩散区FD和光电二极管PD1至PD4之间。从而,形成用于四个光电二极管PD的四个传输晶体管Tr11至Tr14。复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4水平连续地布置在四个光电二极管PD1至PD4下方。The floating diffusion FD is arranged at the center of the four photodiodes PD1 to PD4 in a 2×2 array. A transfer gate electrode 43 made of polysilicon is arranged between the floating diffusion FD and the photodiodes PD1 to PD4 . Thus, four transfer transistors Tr11 to Tr14 for the four photodiodes PD are formed. The reset transistor Tr2 , the amplification transistor Tr3 , and the selection transistor Tr4 are horizontally and continuously arranged below the four photodiodes PD1 to PD4 .

如图47A和47B所示,在像素R、Gb、B和Gr每个中,在半导体基底153的表面上形成作为光电转换器的光电二极管PD,并且布线层150通过中间夹着中间层绝缘膜154形成在半导体基底153上。布线层150包括多层布线部分155。并且,颜色滤光片层157和微透镜158(也称为片上透镜)层叠在布线层150上。As shown in FIGS. 47A and 47B, in each of the pixels R, Gb, B, and Gr, a photodiode PD as a photoelectric converter is formed on the surface of a semiconductor substrate 153, and the wiring layer 150 passes through an interlayer insulating film. 154 is formed on the semiconductor substrate 153 . The wiring layer 150 includes a multilayer wiring portion 155 . Also, a color filter layer 157 and a microlens 158 (also referred to as an on-chip lens) are laminated on the wiring layer 150 .

该实施例使用布线部分155作为调节机构,用于获得光学对称。在该实施例中,突出部分155a从上层中的布线部分155突出。突出部分155a为不受基底层中的放大栅电极影响的第一绿色像素Gb和红色像素R的光电二极管PD1和PD2的部分遮蔽光线。通过突出部分155a的入射光线量的调节量,即突出部分155a与光电二极管PD1和PD2的每个重叠的突出量,被确定为使得对于光电二极管PD1和PD2的每个的光线入射量与对其它的光电二极管PD3和PD4的相等。布线部分155的突出部分155a的布局在整个像素部分40中对于单元像素组42是等同的。This embodiment uses the wiring portion 155 as an adjustment mechanism for obtaining optical symmetry. In this embodiment, the protruding portion 155a protrudes from the wiring portion 155 in the upper layer. The protruding portion 155a shields light from the portion of the photodiodes PD1 and PD2 of the first green pixel Gb and red pixel R that are not affected by the amplification gate electrode in the base layer. The amount of adjustment of the amount of incident light passing through the protruding portion 155a, that is, the amount of protrusion by which the protruding portion 155a overlaps with each of the photodiodes PD1 and PD2, is determined so that the amount of light incident on each of the photodiodes PD1 and PD2 is the same as that for the other. The photodiodes PD3 and PD4 are equal. The layout of the protruding portion 155 a of the wiring portion 155 is the same for the unit pixel group 42 in the entire pixel portion 40 .

其它结构与参照图31A、31B和32所描述的类似。参照图46、47A和47B,类似的附图标记指代图31A、31B和32中的类似部件,并且省略其重复的描述。Other structures are similar to those described with reference to FIGS. 31A , 31B and 32 . Referring to FIGS. 46 , 47A, and 47B , like reference numerals designate like components in FIGS. 31A , 31B, and 32 , and repeated descriptions thereof are omitted.

根据第十实施例的固态图像拾取装置81,对不受放大栅电极49影响的像素调节布线部分155的突出部分155a的突出量,在该实施例中的第一绿色像素Gb和红色像素R,从而调节放射光线量。因此,可以降低或消除第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别。并且,可以使对各个像素Gr、Gb、R和B的入射光线量相等。并且,可以降低颜色阴影。从而,可以获得光学对称,并且可以提供具有高图像质量的固态图像拾取装置。According to the solid-state image pickup device 81 of the tenth embodiment, the protrusion amount of the protrusion portion 155a of the wiring portion 155 is adjusted for pixels not affected by the amplification gate electrode 49, the first green pixel Gb and the red pixel R in this embodiment, The amount of emitted light is thereby adjusted. Therefore, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced or eliminated. Also, the incident light amounts to the respective pixels Gr, Gb, R, and B can be made equal. Also, color shading can be reduced. Thereby, optical symmetry can be obtained, and a solid-state image pickup device with high image quality can be provided.

11.第十一实施例11. Eleventh embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图50、51A和51B每个示出了根据本发明第十一实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。该实施例不使用波导而使用多晶硅制成的伪电极作为调节机构,以获得光学对称。50, 51A and 51B each show a solid-state image pickup device according to an eleventh embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. This embodiment does not use a waveguide but a dummy electrode made of polysilicon as an adjustment mechanism to obtain optical symmetry.

首先,为了便于理解第十一实施例,将参照图52、53A和53B描述改进之前的对比示例,该对比示例是其中四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管并且不具有波导的四像素共享型固态图像拾取装置36。对比示例的固态图像拾取装置36的单元像素组114类似于图48、49A和49B所示的结构,只是固态图像拾取装置36在光电二极管PD(PD1至PD4)上方的区域中不包括波导,并且省略了波导和布线部分的布局。在固态图像拾取装置36中,布线部分26的布局是非对称的。在该示例中,在单元像素组114中,布线部分26形成为与蓝色像素B和第二绿色像素Gr的部分重合。参照图52、53A和53B,类似的附图标记指代参照图48、49A和49B中的类似的部件,并且省略其重复的描述。First, in order to facilitate understanding of the eleventh embodiment, a comparative example before improvement in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor and does not have A waveguide four-pixel sharing type solid-state image pickup device 36 . The unit pixel group 114 of the solid-state image pickup device 36 of the comparative example is similar to the structures shown in FIGS. The layout of the waveguide and wiring sections is omitted. In the solid-state image pickup device 36, the layout of the wiring portion 26 is asymmetrical. In this example, in the unit pixel group 114 , the wiring portion 26 is formed to overlap with portions of the blue pixel B and the second green pixel Gr. Referring to FIGS. 52 , 53A, and 53B , like reference numerals refer to like components in referring to FIGS. 48 , 49A, and 49B , and repeated descriptions thereof are omitted.

如关于对比示例的固态图像拾取装置36的描述,如果布线部分26不可避免地为非对称,入射在蓝色像素B和第二绿色像素Gr上的部分入射光线被布线部分26遮蔽。入射光线量可能在像素间不同,从而没有提供光学对称。As described about the solid-state image pickup device 36 of the comparative example, if the wiring portion 26 is unavoidably asymmetric, part of the incident light rays incident on the blue pixel B and the second green pixel Gr are shielded by the wiring portion 26 . The amount of incident light may vary from pixel to pixel, thereby providing no optical symmetry.

根据第十一实施例的固态图像拾取装置83具有像素部分40,其中在光电二极管PD上方不具有波导的四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组42以与第十实施例中描述的结构相同的方式排列。布线部分155的布局以与图52、53A和53B中的对比示例类似的方式是非对称的。具体地,布线部分155形成为与蓝色像素B和第二绿色像素Gr的部分重合。The solid-state image pickup device 83 according to the eleventh embodiment has the pixel section 40 in which four pixels sharing type unit pixel of one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor are shared by four pixels having no waveguide above the photodiode PD The group 42 is arranged in the same manner as the structure described in the tenth embodiment. The layout of the wiring portion 155 is asymmetrical in a similar manner to the comparative example in FIGS. 52 , 53A, and 53B. Specifically, the wiring portion 155 is formed to overlap with portions of the blue pixel B and the second green pixel Gr.

该实施例使用多晶硅制成并用作为调节机构的伪电极84来获得光学对称。伪电极84与像素晶体管的栅电极同时形成。即,在该实施例中,伪电极84形成在不受布线部分155影响的第一绿色像素Gb和红色像素R的光电二极管PD1和PD2附近。在每个伪电极84形成的位置处,部分入射光线被伪电极84遮蔽。伪电极84对入射光线量的调节量,即沿光电二极管PD1和PD2的长度,被确定为使得对于光电二极管PD1和PD2的每个的光线入射量与对其它的光电二极管PD3和PD4的相等。伪电极84的布局在整个像素部分40中对于单元像素组42是等同的。This embodiment achieves optical symmetry using a dummy electrode 84 made of polysilicon and used as an adjustment mechanism. The dummy electrode 84 is formed simultaneously with the gate electrode of the pixel transistor. That is, in this embodiment, the dummy electrode 84 is formed near the photodiodes PD1 and PD2 of the first green pixel Gb and red pixel R that are not affected by the wiring portion 155 . At the position where each dummy electrode 84 is formed, part of the incident light is shielded by the dummy electrode 84 . The adjustment amount of the dummy electrode 84 to the amount of incident light, ie, along the length of the photodiodes PD1 and PD2, is determined such that the amount of light incident to each of the photodiodes PD1 and PD2 is equal to that of the other photodiodes PD3 and PD4. The layout of the dummy electrodes 84 is identical for the unit pixel group 42 in the entire pixel portion 40 .

其它结构与参照图46、47A和47B所描述的类似。参照图50、51A和51B,类似的附图标记指代图46、47A和47B中的类似部件,并且省略其重复的描述。Other structures are similar to those described with reference to Figs. 46, 47A and 47B. Referring to FIGS. 50 , 51A, and 51B , like reference numerals designate like components in FIGS. 46 , 47A, and 47B , and repeated descriptions thereof are omitted.

根据第十一实施例的固态图像拾取装置83,参照图51,入射在第二绿色像素Gr上的部分入射光线L被突出的布线部分155遮蔽,并且从而降低了对于第二绿色像素Gr的入射光线量。类似地,入射在蓝色像素B上的部分入射光线L被布线部分155的突出部分155a遮蔽,并且从而降低了对于蓝色像素B的入射光线量。相比之下,参照图51B,对于不受布线部分155的影响的第一绿色像素Gb,入射在第一绿色像素Gb上的部分入射光线L被伪电极84遮蔽,从而降低了对于第一绿色像素Gb的入射光线量。通过控制伪电极84的尺寸可以使对于像素的入射光线量的降低量相等。According to the solid-state image pickup device 83 of the eleventh embodiment, referring to FIG. 51 , part of the incident light L incident on the second green pixel Gr is shielded by the protruding wiring portion 155, and thereby the incident light to the second green pixel Gr is reduced. amount of light. Similarly, part of the incident light L incident on the blue pixel B is shielded by the protruding portion 155 a of the wiring portion 155 , and thus the amount of incident light to the blue pixel B is reduced. In contrast, referring to FIG. 51B , for the first green pixel Gb that is not affected by the wiring portion 155, part of the incident light L incident on the first green pixel Gb is shielded by the dummy electrode 84, thereby reducing the effect on the first green pixel Gb. Amount of incident light for pixel Gb. By controlling the size of the dummy electrodes 84, the amount of reduction in the amount of incident light to the pixels can be equalized.

根据第十一实施例的固态图像拾取装置83,如果单元像素组42中布线部分155不可避免地为非对称,伪电极84可以设置在基底层中,位于靠近不受布线部分155影响的像素的位置。从而,可以获得光学对称。即,可以降低或消除第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别。并且,可以使对各个像素Gr、Gb、R和B的入射光线量相等。并且,可以降低颜色阴影。According to the solid-state image pickup device 83 of the eleventh embodiment, if the wiring portion 155 is unavoidably asymmetrical in the unit pixel group 42, the dummy electrode 84 may be provided in the base layer near the pixels not affected by the wiring portion 155. Location. Thus, optical symmetry can be obtained. That is, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced or eliminated. Also, the incident light amounts to the respective pixels Gr, Gb, R, and B can be made equal. Also, color shading can be reduced.

12.第十二实施例12. Twelfth Embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图54、55A和55B每个示出了根据本发明第十二实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置,该四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管。该实施例不使用波导而使用微透镜作为调节机构,来获得光学对称。54, 55A and 55B each show a solid-state image pickup device according to a twelfth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of the present embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device, and the four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. This embodiment does not use a waveguide but a microlens as the adjustment mechanism to achieve optical symmetry.

首先,为了便于理解第十二实施例,将参照图56、57A和57B描述改进之前的对比示例,该对比示例是其中四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管并且不具有波导的四像素共享型固态图像拾取装置37。对比示例的固态图像拾取装置37的单元像素组114类似于图48、49A和49B所示的结构,只是固态图像拾取装置35在光电二极管PD(PD1至PD4)上方的区域中不包括波导。参照图56、57A和57B,类似的附图标记指代参照图48、49A和49B中的类似的部件,并且省略其重复的描述。First, in order to facilitate the understanding of the twelfth embodiment, a comparative example before improvement in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor and does not have A waveguide four-pixel sharing type solid-state image pickup device 37 . The unit pixel group 114 of the solid-state image pickup device 37 of the comparative example is similar to the structures shown in FIGS. 48 , 49A and 49B except that the solid-state image pickup device 35 does not include a waveguide in the region above the photodiodes PD ( PD1 to PD4 ). Referring to FIGS. 56 , 57A, and 57B , like reference numerals refer to like components in referring to FIGS. 48 , 49A, and 49B , and repeated descriptions thereof are omitted.

在对比示例的固态图像拾取装置37的单元像素组114中,参照图57A中的沿图56中的线LVIIA-LVIIA所取的横截面视图,入射在第二绿色像素Gr上的部分入射光线被基底层中且设置在光电二极管PD4附近的放大栅电极121遮蔽。相比之下,参照图57B中的沿图56中的线LVIIB-LVIIB所取的横截面视图,入射在第一绿色像素Gb上的入射光线没有被基底层中的栅电极遮蔽,并且入射在光电二极管PD1上。入射在蓝色像素B上的入射光线被放大栅电极121遮蔽。入射在第一绿色像素Gb上的入射光线没有被放大栅电极121遮蔽。因此,绿色像素Gr上的入射光线的量不同于绿色像素Gb上的入射光线的量。从而,出现灵敏度的差别。并且在像素Gr和B之间以及像素Gb和R之间出现入射光线量的差别。出现光学非对称。In the unit pixel group 114 of the solid-state image pickup device 37 of the comparative example, referring to the cross-sectional view in FIG. 57A taken along the line LVIIA-LVIIA in FIG. The amplification gate electrode 121 in the base layer and disposed near the photodiode PD4 is shielded. In contrast, referring to the cross-sectional view taken along the line LVIIB-LVIIB in FIG. 56 in FIG. 57B, the incident light incident on the first green pixel Gb is not shielded by the gate electrode in the base layer, and is incident on the first green pixel Gb. on photodiode PD1. Incident light incident on the blue pixel B is shielded by the amplifying gate electrode 121 . The incident light incident on the first green pixel Gb is not shielded by the amplifying gate electrode 121 . Therefore, the amount of light incident on the green pixel Gr is different from the amount of light incident on the green pixel Gb. Thus, a difference in sensitivity occurs. And a difference in the amount of incident light appears between the pixels Gr and B and between the pixels Gb and R. Optical asymmetry occurs.

参照图图54、55A和55B,根据第十二实施例的固态图像拾取装置85包括在光电二极管PD上方没有波导的四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组42。将多个四像素共享型单元像素组42排列以限定像素部分40。如上所述,单元像素组42包括四个光电二极管PD(PD1至PD4)、四个传输晶体管Tr(Tr11至Tr14)和一个浮动扩散区FD。此外,单元像素组42包括一个复位晶体管Tr2、放大晶体管Tr3和选择晶体管Tr4。Referring to FIGS. 54 , 55A, and 55B, a solid-state image pickup device 85 according to the twelfth embodiment includes four pixels sharing one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor with four pixels having no waveguide above the photodiode PD. type unit pixel group 42 . A plurality of four-pixel sharing type unit pixel groups 42 are arranged to define the pixel portion 40 . As described above, the unit pixel group 42 includes four photodiodes PD ( PD1 to PD4 ), four transfer transistors Tr ( Tr11 to Tr14 ), and one floating diffusion region FD. In addition, the unit pixel group 42 includes a reset transistor Tr2, an amplification transistor Tr3, and a selection transistor Tr4.

如图55A和55B所示,在像素R、Gb、B和Gr每个中,在半导体基底153的表面上形成作为光电转换器的光电二极管PD,并且布线层150通过中间夹着中间层绝缘膜154形成在半导体基底153上。布线层150包括多层布线部分155。并且,颜色滤光片层157和微透镜158(也称为片上透镜)层叠在布线层150上。As shown in FIGS. 55A and 55B, in each of the pixels R, Gb, B, and Gr, a photodiode PD as a photoelectric converter is formed on the surface of a semiconductor substrate 153, and the wiring layer 150 passes through an interlayer insulating film. 154 is formed on the semiconductor substrate 153 . The wiring layer 150 includes a multilayer wiring portion 155 . Also, a color filter layer 157 and a microlens 158 (also referred to as an on-chip lens) are laminated on the wiring layer 150 .

该实施例中的固态图像拾取装置85使用微透镜158作为调节机构,用于获得光学对称。在该实施例中,只有受到作为基底层的放大栅电极49的影响的第二绿色像素Gr和蓝色像素B的微透镜158偏移到传递通过微透镜158的入射光线不被栅电极遮蔽的位置。具体地,第二绿色像素Gr和蓝色像素B的微透镜158的焦点偏移离开放大栅电极49。单元像素组42中微透镜158的布局在整个像素部分40中对于单元像素组42是等同的。The solid-state image pickup device 85 in this embodiment uses the microlens 158 as an adjustment mechanism for obtaining optical symmetry. In this embodiment, only the microlenses 158 of the second green pixel Gr and blue pixel B, which are affected by the enlarged gate electrode 49 as the base layer, are shifted to the point where the incident light passing through the microlens 158 is not shielded by the gate electrode. Location. Specifically, the focal points of the microlenses 158 of the second green pixel Gr and blue pixel B are shifted away from the magnifying gate electrode 49 . The layout of the microlenses 158 in the unit pixel group 42 is the same for the unit pixel group 42 in the entire pixel portion 40 .

在第十二实施例中,如图55A所示,第二绿色像素Gr的微透镜158偏移离开放大栅电极。从而,对于第二绿色像素Gr的放射光线L没有被放大栅电极49遮蔽,并且入射到光电二极管PD4上。并且,蓝色像素B的微透镜158以与第二绿色像素Gr类似的方式偏移。相比之下,第一绿色像素Gb的微透镜158没有偏移,并且入射光线入射在光电二极管PD1上而不受作为基底层的栅电极的影响。并且,以与第一绿色像素Gb类似的方式,入射光线入射在红色像素R上而不受作为基底层的栅电极的影响。In the twelfth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 55A, the microlens 158 of the second green pixel Gr is shifted away from the magnifying gate electrode. Thus, the radiated light L for the second green pixel Gr is not shielded by the amplification gate electrode 49 and is incident on the photodiode PD4. Also, the microlens 158 of the blue pixel B is shifted in a similar manner to the second green pixel Gr. In contrast, the microlens 158 of the first green pixel Gb is not shifted, and incident light is incident on the photodiode PD1 without being affected by the gate electrode as the base layer. Also, in a similar manner to the first green pixel Gb, incident light is incident on the red pixel R without being affected by the gate electrode as the base layer.

根据第十二实施例的固态图像拾取装置85,可以通过将像素Gr和B的微透镜158偏移来调节光线量。从而,可以使第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别变为相等。并且,可以使对各个像素Gr、Gb、R和B的入射光线量相等。并且,可以降低颜色阴影。从而,可以获得光学对称。According to the solid-state image pickup device 85 of the twelfth embodiment, the amount of light can be adjusted by shifting the microlenses 158 of the pixels Gr and B. Thus, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be made equal. Also, the incident light amounts to the respective pixels Gr, Gb, R, and B can be made equal. Also, color shading can be reduced. Thus, optical symmetry can be obtained.

13.第十三实施例13. Thirteenth embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

图58、59A和59B每个示出了根据本发明第十三实施例的固态图像拾取装置。本实施例的固态图像拾取装置是四像素共享型MOS固态图像拾取装置。如果即使通过根据第十二实施例的光线量调节对灵敏度的差别的调节也不充足,那么该实施例提供的改进。58, 59A and 59B each show a solid-state image pickup device according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention. The solid-state image pickup device of this embodiment is a four-pixel sharing type MOS solid-state image pickup device. If the adjustment of the difference in sensitivity is not sufficient even by light amount adjustment according to the twelfth embodiment, this embodiment provides an improvement.

根据第十三实施例的固态图像拾取装置87包括四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型单元像素组42,其中第二绿色像素Gr和蓝色像素B的微透镜158偏移离开基底层中的放大栅电极49。并且,第一绿色像素Gb和红色像素R的微透镜158朝向基底层中的布线部分155偏移。The solid-state image pickup device 87 according to the thirteenth embodiment includes a four-pixel sharing type unit pixel group 42 in which four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor, in which the second green pixel Gr and the blue pixel B The microlenses 158 are offset away from the magnifying gate electrode 49 in the base layer. Also, the microlenses 158 of the first green pixel Gb and the red pixel R are shifted toward the wiring portion 155 in the base layer.

根据第十三实施例的固态图像拾取装置87,第二绿色像素Gr和蓝色像素B的微透镜158偏移离开基底层中的放大栅电极49,以移动焦点。从而,限制了入射光线量的损失,并且提高了灵敏度。相比之下,第一绿色像素Gb和红色像素R的微透镜158朝向基底层中的布线部分155偏移,从而通过布线部分155执行调节以降低入射光线量。因此灵敏度减小。由此,可以减小第一和第二绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度的差别。并且,可以使对各个像素Gr、Gb、R和B的入射光线量相等。并且,可以降低颜色阴影。从而,可以获得光学对称。According to the solid-state image pickup device 87 of the thirteenth embodiment, the microlenses 158 of the second green pixel Gr and blue pixel B are shifted away from the magnifying gate electrode 49 in the base layer to move the focal point. Thus, the loss of the amount of incident light is limited, and the sensitivity is improved. In contrast, the microlenses 158 of the first green pixel Gb and red pixel R are shifted toward the wiring portion 155 in the base layer so that adjustment is performed through the wiring portion 155 to reduce the amount of incident light. Therefore the sensitivity is reduced. Thereby, the difference in sensitivity between the first and second green pixels Gb and Gr can be reduced. Also, the incident light amounts to the respective pixels Gr, Gb, R, and B can be made equal. Also, color shading can be reduced. Thus, optical symmetry can be obtained.

14.第十四实施例14. Fourteenth Embodiment

固态图像拾取装置的示例结构Example structure of solid-state image pickup device

尽管未图示,具有如第四至第十三任意的实施例所述的用于获得光学对称的结构的固态图像拾取装置可以用于CCD固态图像拾取装置。即使当该结构用于CCD固态图像拾取装置时,可以执行与以上类似的光线量调节,并且可以为各个像素获得光学对称。Although not shown, a solid-state image pickup device having a structure for obtaining optical symmetry as described in any of the fourth to thirteenth embodiments may be used for a CCD solid-state image pickup device. Even when this structure is used in a CCD solid-state image pickup device, light amount adjustment similar to the above can be performed, and optical symmetry can be obtained for each pixel.

在上述实施例中,该结构用于两个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的二像素共享型固态图像拾取装置或四个像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的四像素共享型固态图像拾取装置。然而,该结构可以用于其它个数的像素共享一个浮动扩散区、一个放大晶体管和一个选择晶体管的其它个数的像素共享型固态图像拾取装置。In the above-described embodiments, this structure is used for a two-pixel sharing type solid-state image pickup device in which two pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor, or four pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor. A four-pixel sharing type solid-state image pickup device that selects transistors. However, this structure can be used for other numbers of pixel-sharing type solid-state image pickup devices in which other numbers of pixels share one floating diffusion region, one amplification transistor, and one selection transistor.

在上述实施例中,该结构用于具有拜耳型的颜色滤光片101的固态图像拾取装置。然而,该结构可以用于具有图61所示的倾斜阵列的蜂窝型的颜色滤光片102的固态图像拾取装置。In the above-described embodiments, this structure is used for the solid-state image pickup device having the color filter 101 of the Bayer type. However, this structure can be used for a solid-state image pickup device having a honeycomb-type color filter 102 in an inclined array as shown in FIG. 61 .

在上述实施例中,该结构用于彩色的固态图像拾取装置。然而,该结构可以用于单色(例如黑色和白色)的固态图像拾取装置。在这种情况中,波导、布线部分、伪电极、片上透镜等可以用作为调节装置。In the above-described embodiments, this structure is used for a color solid-state image pickup device. However, this structure can be used for a monochrome (for example, black and white) solid-state image pickup device. In this case, a waveguide, a wiring portion, a dummy electrode, an on-chip lens, or the like can be used as adjustment means.

15.第十五实施例15. Fifteenth embodiment

电子装置的示例结构Example structure of electronic device

根据上述的任意实施例的固态图像拾取装置可以用于诸如摄像机系统(例如数字摄像机或视频摄像机)、具有图像拾取功能的移动电话,或具有图像拾取功能的另一种装置。The solid-state image pickup device according to any of the embodiments described above may be used in a camera system such as a digital camera or a video camera, a mobile phone with an image pickup function, or another device with an image pickup function.

图66示也了第十五实施例,其中固态图像拾取装置用于作为电子装置的示例的摄像机。该实施例的摄像机例如是捕获静态图像或影片的视频摄像机。该实施例中的摄像机91包括固态图像拾取装置92、将入射光线引导到固态图像拾取装置92的光传感器的光学系统93和快门装置94。并且,摄像机91包括驱动电路95和处理从固态图像拾取装置92输出的信号的信号处理电路96。FIG. 66 shows a fifteenth embodiment in which a solid-state image pickup device is used for a video camera as an example of an electronic device. The camera of this embodiment is, for example, a video camera that captures still images or movies. The video camera 91 in this embodiment includes a solid-state image pickup device 92 , an optical system 93 that guides incident light to a photosensor of the solid-state image pickup device 92 , and a shutter device 94 . Also, the camera 91 includes a drive circuit 95 and a signal processing circuit 96 that processes a signal output from the solid-state image pickup device 92 .

固态图像拾取装置92可以是根据上述实施例的任意的固态图像拾取装置。光学系统(光学透镜)93使来自物体的图像光线(入射光线)聚焦在固态图像拾取装置92的图像拾取表面上。因此,信号电荷对于预定的周期积累在固态图像拾取装置92中。光学系统93可以是包括多个光学透镜的光学透镜系统。快门装置94控制对于固态图像拾取装置92的光线照射周期和光线遮蔽周期。驱动电路95提供用于控制固态图像拾取装置92的传输操作以及快门装置94的快门操作的驱动信号。响应于从驱动电路95提供的驱动信号(定时信号),传输来自固态图像拾取装置的信号。信号处理电路96执行各种信号处理。信号处理后的视频信号存储在例如存储器的存储介质中或输出到监视器。The solid-state image pickup device 92 may be any solid-state image pickup device according to the above-described embodiments. The optical system (optical lens) 93 focuses image rays (incident rays) from an object on the image pickup surface of the solid-state image pickup device 92 . Accordingly, signal charges are accumulated in the solid-state image pickup device 92 for a predetermined period. The optical system 93 may be an optical lens system including a plurality of optical lenses. The shutter device 94 controls a light irradiation period and a light shielding period for the solid-state image pickup device 92 . The drive circuit 95 supplies drive signals for controlling the transfer operation of the solid-state image pickup device 92 and the shutter operation of the shutter device 94 . A signal from the solid-state image pickup device is transmitted in response to a drive signal (timing signal) supplied from the drive circuit 95 . The signal processing circuit 96 performs various signal processing. The signal-processed video signal is stored in a storage medium such as a memory or output to a monitor.

根据第十五实施例的例如摄像机的电子装置,例如可以获得光学对称,使得固态图像拾取装置92中绿色像素Gb和Gr之间的灵敏度可以相等,并且从而可以提高图像质量。从而,可以提供可靠的电子装置。According to the electronic device such as a video camera of the fifteenth embodiment, for example, optical symmetry can be obtained so that the sensitivity between the green pixels Gb and Gr in the solid-state image pickup device 92 can be equalized, and thus the image quality can be improved. Thus, a reliable electronic device can be provided.

上述的任意实施例可以与另一个实施例共同实施。相应地获得光学对称。Any of the embodiments described above may be implemented with another embodiment. Optical symmetry is obtained accordingly.

本发明包含了与2009年3月30日向日本专利局递交的日本在先专利申请JP2009-081100和2009年10月19日向日本专利局递交的日本在先专利申请JP2009-240774中公开的主题相关的主题,这里通过引用引入其全部内容。The present invention incorporates matters related to the subject matter disclosed in Japanese Priority Patent Application JP2009-081100 filed with Japan Patent Office on March 30, 2009 and Japanese Priority Patent Application JP2009-240774 filed with Japan Patent Office on October 19, 2009 subject, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

本领域技术人员应理解,只要在所附权利要求或与其相当的范围内,可以按照设计要求等其它因素进行各种改变、结合、附属结合和替代。Those skilled in the art should understand that as long as they are within the scope of the appended claims or their equivalents, various changes, combinations, subcombinations and substitutions can be made according to design requirements and other factors.

Claims (20)

1.一种固态图像拾取装置,包括:1. A solid-state image pickup device, comprising: 像素部分,由沿半导体基底的行和列方向排列的单元像素限定,a pixel portion defined by unit pixels arranged in row and column directions of the semiconductor substrate, 其中,每个所述单元像素包括:Wherein, each described unit pixel comprises: 光电转换器,形成在所述半导体基底上并将入射光线转换为信号电荷,a photoelectric converter formed on the semiconductor substrate and converts incident light into signal charges, 波导,形成在所述光电转换器上方并将入射光线引导到所述光电转换器,以及a waveguide formed over the photoelectric converter and guiding incident light to the photoelectric converter, and 微透镜,形成在所述波导上方并将入射光线引导到所述波导的光线入射侧一端,并且a microlens formed over the waveguide and guiding incident light to a light incident side end of the waveguide, and 其中,所述波导具有柱形主体,所述柱形主体从所述光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面,并且所述波导设置为使得从所述微透镜入射到所述波导的所述光线入射侧一端上的所述入射光线的射线中心与所述波导的中心轴对齐。Wherein, the waveguide has a cylindrical body, and the cylindrical body has a constant cross-section from one end on the light incident side to one end on the light exit side, and the waveguide is arranged such that the microlens is incident on the waveguide. The ray center of the incident light on one end of the incident side of the light is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide. 2.根据权利要求1所述的固态图像拾取装置,还包括:2. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 1, further comprising: 颜色滤光片层,形成在所述波导和所述微透镜之间并将入射光线分开,a color filter layer formed between the waveguide and the microlens and splitting incident light rays, 其中,基于入射光线的基准色,对所述微透镜和所述颜色滤光片层执行光瞳校正。Wherein, pupil correction is performed on the microlens and the color filter layer based on the reference color of the incident light. 3.根据权利要求1所述的固态图像拾取装置,其中,在所述像素部分中,对于其上入射具有相等的波长的入射光线的所述光电转换器,每个所述波导的中心轴相对于相应的所述光电转换器的中心的偏移量从所述像素部分的中心朝向外侧变大。3. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 1, wherein, in the pixel portion, with respect to the photoelectric converters on which incident light rays having equal wavelengths are incident, the central axes of each of the waveguides are opposite to each other. The amount of shift from the center of the corresponding photoelectric converter becomes larger from the center of the pixel portion toward the outside. 4.根据权利要求1所述的固态图像拾取装置,其中,对于位于离开所述像素部分的中心相等的距离处的所述光电转换器,每个所述波导的中心轴相对于相应的所述光电转换器的中心的偏移量随着被所述颜色滤光片层分开并入射到所述光电转换器上的光线的波长的增大而减小。4. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 1, wherein, for the photoelectric converters located at equal distances from the center of the pixel portion, the central axis of each of the waveguides is relative to the corresponding The amount of offset of the center of the photoelectric converter decreases as the wavelength of the light separated by the color filter layer and incident on the photoelectric converter increases. 5.根据权利要求1所述的固态图像拾取装置,其中,所述波导的直径允许来自所述波导的所述光线出射侧一端的入射光线射在所述光电转换器的表面内的区域上。5. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 1, wherein the diameter of the waveguide allows incident light from the light exit side end of the waveguide to impinge on a region within the surface of the photoelectric converter. 6.根据权利要求1所述的固态图像拾取装置,还包括:6. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 1, further comprising: 单元像素组,unit pixel group, 其中,所述单元像素组包括:Wherein, the unit pixel group includes: 第一单元像素,其包括的所述光电转换器上入射由所述颜色滤光片层分开的具有第一波长的光线,The first unit pixel includes incident light with a first wavelength separated by the color filter layer on the photoelectric converter, 第二单元像素,其包括的所述光电转换器上入射由所述颜色滤光片层分开的具有第二波长的光线,所述第二波长小于所述第一波长,The second unit pixel includes light having a second wavelength separated by the color filter layer incident on the photoelectric converter, the second wavelength being smaller than the first wavelength, 第三单元像素,其包括的所述光电转换器上入射由所述颜色滤光片层分开的具有第三波长的光线,所述第三波长大于所述第一波长,并且a third unit pixel comprising incident light rays having a third wavelength separated by the color filter layer on the photoelectric converter, the third wavelength being greater than the first wavelength, and 其中,对于所述单元像素组中的所述光电转换器,每个所述波导的中心轴相对于相应的所述光电转换器的中心的偏移量随着被所述颜色滤光片层分开的光线的波长减小而减小。Wherein, for the photoelectric converters in the unit pixel group, the offset of the central axis of each of the waveguides relative to the center of the corresponding photoelectric converter increases with the separation by the color filter layer The wavelength of the light decreases. 7.根据权利要求1所述的固态图像拾取装置,7. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 1, 其中,所述波导包括:Wherein, the waveguide includes: 第一波导,其限定所述波导的外围部分,以及a first waveguide defining a peripheral portion of the waveguide, and 第二波导,其形成在所述第一波导内侧并且具有小于所述第一波导的折射率。a second waveguide formed inside the first waveguide and having a smaller refractive index than the first waveguide. 8.一种制造固态图像拾取装置的方法,所述方法包括以下步骤:8. A method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device, the method comprising the steps of: 在布线层中形成波导孔,所述波导孔将入射光线引导到将入射光线转换为信号电荷的光电转换器上,所述光电转换器形成在半导体基底处,形成在所述半导体基底处并包括中间层绝缘膜的所述布线层具有多层的布线部分;A waveguide hole is formed in the wiring layer, the waveguide hole guides incident light to a photoelectric converter that converts the incident light into signal charges, the photoelectric converter is formed at a semiconductor substrate, is formed at the semiconductor substrate and includes The wiring layer of the interlayer insulating film has a multilayer wiring portion; 用波导材料膜充填所述波导孔,所述波导材料膜的折射率大于所述中间层绝缘膜的折射率,并且在所述波导孔中形成波导;filling the waveguide hole with a waveguide material film having a refractive index greater than that of the interlayer insulating film and forming a waveguide in the waveguide hole; 通过中间夹着平面化绝缘膜,在所述波导材料膜上形成将入射光线分开的颜色滤光片层;并且forming a color filter layer separating incident light rays on said waveguide material film by sandwiching a planarizing insulating film; and 在所述颜色滤光片层上形成微透镜,所述微透镜将入射光线引导到所述电光转换器上,forming microlenses on the color filter layer, the microlenses guiding incident light to the electro-optic converter, 其中,各自具有所述光电转换器的多个单元像素沿所述半导体基底的行和列的方向排列,以限定像素部分,并且wherein a plurality of unit pixels each having said photoelectric converter are arranged in a row and column direction of said semiconductor substrate to define a pixel portion, and 其中,对于相应的所述光电转换器形成的所述波导具有柱形主体,所述柱形主体从光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面,并且所述波导设置为使得在所述波导的所述光线入射侧一端上入射的所述入射光线的射线中心与所述波导的中心轴对齐。Wherein, the waveguide formed for the corresponding photoelectric converter has a cylindrical body having a constant cross section from one end on the light incident side to one end on the light exit side, and the waveguide is arranged such that at the The ray center of the incident light incident on the light incident side end of the waveguide is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide. 9.根据权利要求8所述的制造固态图像拾取装置的方法,9. The method of manufacturing a solid-state image pickup device according to claim 8, 其中,所述波导的形成包括:Wherein, the formation of the waveguide includes: 在所述波导孔的内表面上形成第一波导,并且forming a first waveguide on the inner surface of the waveguide hole, and 用折射率低于所述第一波导的材料充填其中形成了所述第一波导的所述波导孔,并形成第二波导。The waveguide hole in which the first waveguide is formed is filled with a material having a lower refractive index than the first waveguide, and a second waveguide is formed. 10.一种图像拾取装置,包括:10. An image pickup device, comprising: 光线会聚光学单元,会聚入射光线;The light converging optical unit converges the incident light; 其中包括固态图像拾取装置的图像拾取单元,接收由所述光线会聚光学单元会聚的光线,并且对光线执行光电转换;以及including an image pickup unit of a solid-state image pickup device, receiving light condensed by the light condensing optical unit, and performing photoelectric conversion on the light; and 信号处理单元,处理通过所述固态图像拾取装置的光电转换获得的信号,a signal processing unit processing a signal obtained by photoelectric conversion of said solid-state image pickup device, 其中,所述固态图像拾取装置包括:Wherein, the solid-state image pickup device includes: 像素部分,由沿半导体基底的行和列方向排列的单元像素限定,a pixel portion defined by unit pixels arranged in row and column directions of the semiconductor substrate, 其中,每个所述单元像素包括:Wherein, each described unit pixel comprises: 光电转换器,形成在所述半导体基底上并将入射光线转换为信号电荷,a photoelectric converter formed on the semiconductor substrate and converts incident light into signal charges, 波导,形成在所述光电转换器上方并将入射光线引导到所述光电转换器,以及a waveguide formed over the photoelectric converter and guiding incident light to the photoelectric converter, and 微透镜,形成在所述波导上方并将入射光线引导到所述波导的光线入射侧一端,并且a microlens formed over the waveguide and guiding incident light to a light incident side end of the waveguide, and 其中,所述波导具有柱形主体,所述柱形主体从所述光线入射侧一端到光线出射侧一端具有恒定的横截面,并且所述波导设置为使得从所述微透镜入射到所述波导的所述光线入射侧一端上的所述入射光线的射线中心与所述波导的中心轴对齐。Wherein, the waveguide has a cylindrical body, and the cylindrical body has a constant cross-section from one end on the light incident side to one end on the light exit side, and the waveguide is arranged such that the microlens is incident on the waveguide. The ray center of the incident light on one end of the incident side of the light is aligned with the central axis of the waveguide. 11.一种固态图像拾取装置,包括:11. A solid-state image pickup device comprising: 像素部分,其中排列多像素,pixel section in which multiple pixels are arranged, 基底层,在多像素组的光线入射表面下方的位置处形成在该组中,并且具有包括电极和布线的布局,所述布局相对于预定的相邻像素之间的边界非对称;以及a base layer formed in a multi-pixel group at a position below a light incident surface of the group, and has a layout including electrodes and wiring, the layout being asymmetrical with respect to a predetermined boundary between adjacent pixels; and 调节机构,用于使所述基底层带来的像素间的光学非对称成为光学对称。The adjustment mechanism is used to make the optical asymmetry between the pixels brought about by the base layer become optical symmetry. 12.根据权利要求11所述的固态图像拾取装置,其中,所述调节机构的位置偏移的调节方向和调节量在整个所述像素部分中相同。12. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 11, wherein an adjustment direction and an adjustment amount of the positional shift of the adjustment mechanism are the same throughout the pixel portion. 13.根据权利要求12所述的固态图像拾取装置,还包括:13. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 12, further comprising: 颜色滤光片层,形成在所述像素的光电转换器上方并将入射光线分开,a color filter layer formed over the photoelectric converters of the pixels and splitting the incoming light, 所述颜色滤光片层上的片上透镜;以及an on-chip lens on the color filter layer; and 形成在所述颜色滤光片层下方的基底层。A base layer is formed under the color filter layer. 14.根据权利要求13所述的固态图像拾取装置,14. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 13, 其中,所述像素部分包括多个单元像素组,每个所述单元像素组具有共享一个预定的晶体管的多个像素,并且wherein the pixel portion includes a plurality of unit pixel groups each having a plurality of pixels sharing a predetermined transistor, and 其中,非对称的所述基底层是包括像素晶体管的栅电极和布线部分的基底层。Wherein, the asymmetric base layer is a base layer including a gate electrode and a wiring portion of a pixel transistor. 15.根据权利要求14所述的固态图像拾取装置,15. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 14, 其中,所述调节机构是用于每个像素的波导,wherein the adjustment mechanism is a waveguide for each pixel, 其中,所述颜色滤光片层形成在所述波导上方,wherein the color filter layer is formed above the waveguide, 其中,所述基底层是位于所述波导下方并包括所述栅电极和所述布线部分的基底层,并且wherein the base layer is a base layer located below the waveguide and including the gate electrode and the wiring portion, and 其中,在作为参考状态的将所述波导以规则的间隔布置在整个所述像素部分中的状态中,在所述单元像素组中或在多个相邻的所述单元像素组中,至少特定的像素的波导偏移离开所述参考状态的位置。Wherein, in the state in which the waveguides are arranged at regular intervals throughout the pixel portion as a reference state, in the unit pixel group or in a plurality of adjacent unit pixel groups, at least a specific The position of the pixel waveguide offset away from the reference state. 16.根据权利要求15所述的固态图像拾取装置,其中,在输出相同的颜色信号的共同颜色像素的波导中,至少第一共同颜色像素的波导偏移离开位于靠近所述波导的共享像素晶体管的栅电极,从而所述单元像素组中或多个相邻的所述单元像素组中的所述共同颜色像素之间的灵敏度的差别变为等同。16. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 15, wherein, among the waveguides of the common color pixels outputting the same color signal, at least the waveguide of the first common color pixel is shifted away from the shared pixel transistor located close to the waveguide The gate electrode, so that the difference in sensitivity between the common color pixels in the unit pixel group or in a plurality of adjacent unit pixel groups becomes equal. 17.根据权利要求16所述的固态图像拾取装置,其中,在共同颜色像素的波导中,至少第二共同颜色像素的波导偏移离开共享像素晶体管的栅电极,从而所述单元像素组中或多个相邻的所述单元像素组中的所述共同颜色像素之间的灵敏度的差别变为等同。17. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 16, wherein, among the waveguides of the common color pixels, at least the waveguides of the second common color pixels are offset from the gate electrodes of the shared pixel transistors, so that in the unit pixel group or Differences in sensitivity between the common color pixels in a plurality of adjacent unit pixel groups become equal. 18.根据权利要求14所述的固态图像拾取装置,其中,对于位于离开所述像素部分的中心相等的距离处的所述光电转换器,执行波导光瞳校正,使得所述波导的中心轴相对于所述光电转换器的中心的偏移量随着被所述颜色滤光片层分开并入射到所述光电转换器上的光线的波长的增大而增大。18. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 14 , wherein, for the photoelectric converters located at equal distances from the center of the pixel portion, waveguide pupil correction is performed such that central axes of the waveguides are opposite to each other. The amount of offset from the center of the photoelectric converter increases as the wavelength of light separated by the color filter layer and incident on the photoelectric converter increases. 19.根据权利要求12所述的固态图像拾取装置,19. The solid-state image pickup device according to claim 12, 其中,所述调节机构是所述布线部分的突出部分,并且wherein the adjustment mechanism is a protruding part of the wiring part, and 其中,在所述单元像素组中或在多个相邻的所述单元像素组中,所述布线部分的所述突出部分突出到不对所述基底层产生影响的光电转换器上方的区域。Wherein, in the unit pixel group or in a plurality of adjacent unit pixel groups, the protruding portion of the wiring portion protrudes to a region above the photoelectric converter that does not affect the base layer. 20.一种电子装置,包括:20. An electronic device comprising: 固态图像拾取装置;Solid-state image pickup device; 光学系统,将入射光线引导到所述固态图像拾取装置的光电转换器上;以及an optical system that guides incident light to a photoelectric converter of the solid-state image pickup device; and 信号处理电路,处理所述固态图像拾取装置的输出信号,a signal processing circuit for processing an output signal of said solid-state image pickup device, 其中,所述固态图像拾取装置是根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的固态图像拾取装置。Wherein, the solid-state image pickup device is the solid-state image pickup device according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
CN2010101399078A 2009-03-30 2010-03-23 Solid state image pickup device, method of manufacturing the same, image pickup device, and electronic device Expired - Fee Related CN101853866B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009081100A JP5428451B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2009-03-30 Solid-state imaging device, manufacturing method thereof, and imaging device
JP2009-081100 2009-03-30
JP2009240774A JP5515606B2 (en) 2009-10-19 2009-10-19 Solid-state imaging device and electronic device
JP2009-240774 2009-10-19

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN101853866A true CN101853866A (en) 2010-10-06
CN101853866B CN101853866B (en) 2012-11-14

Family

ID=42805233

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2010101399078A Expired - Fee Related CN101853866B (en) 2009-03-30 2010-03-23 Solid state image pickup device, method of manufacturing the same, image pickup device, and electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20100109400A (en)
CN (1) CN101853866B (en)
TW (1) TWI425629B (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103477436A (en) * 2011-12-19 2013-12-25 松下电器产业株式会社 camera device
CN104221365A (en) * 2012-03-30 2014-12-17 株式会社尼康 Photographing element, photographing method and photographing device
CN104541372A (en) * 2012-07-24 2015-04-22 索尼公司 Imaging element, electronic device and information processing device
CN104795416A (en) * 2010-01-28 2015-07-22 索尼公司 Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus
CN105280651A (en) * 2014-06-09 2016-01-27 爱思开海力士有限公司 Image sensor
CN109686750A (en) * 2014-06-02 2019-04-26 佳能株式会社 Image pick-up device and image picking system
CN109844766A (en) * 2019-01-15 2019-06-04 深圳市汇顶科技股份有限公司 Optical Image Acquisition Systems and Electronics
WO2020037650A1 (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-02-27 宁波舜宇光电信息有限公司 Imaging assembly, touch screen, camera module, smart terminal, cameras, and distance measuring method
CN112802859A (en) * 2019-11-13 2021-05-14 爱思开海力士有限公司 Image sensor with a plurality of pixels
CN113504657A (en) * 2016-07-15 2021-10-15 光场实验室公司 Selective propagation of energy in optical fields and holographic waveguide arrays
US12032180B2 (en) 2018-01-14 2024-07-09 Light Field Lab, Inc. Energy waveguide system with volumetric structure operable to tessellate in three dimensions

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101209742B1 (en) 2010-11-04 2012-12-07 기아자동차주식회사 Valvelift devition compensating method for cvvl mounted engines
JP6334203B2 (en) * 2014-02-28 2018-05-30 ソニー株式会社 Solid-state imaging device and electronic device
JP2021082716A (en) * 2019-11-19 2021-05-27 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging element and imaging device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3672085B2 (en) * 2000-10-11 2005-07-13 シャープ株式会社 Solid-state imaging device and manufacturing method thereof
CN1649165A (en) * 2004-01-30 2005-08-03 索尼株式会社 Solid-state image pickup device and module type solid-state image pickup device
JP2006140413A (en) * 2004-11-15 2006-06-01 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Solid-state image sensor
JP2006319037A (en) * 2005-05-11 2006-11-24 Canon Inc Solid-state image sensor
CN1933170A (en) * 2005-09-13 2007-03-21 松下电器产业株式会社 Solid-state image pickup device
CN1937718A (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-03-28 松下电器产业株式会社 Image input device and solid-state image pickup element

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101089684B1 (en) * 2002-12-13 2011-12-07 소니 주식회사 Solid-state imaging device and production method therefor
JP3709873B2 (en) * 2003-02-19 2005-10-26 ソニー株式会社 Solid-state imaging device and imaging camera
US7119319B2 (en) * 2004-04-08 2006-10-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Solid-state image sensing element and its design support method, and image sensing device
US20070045668A1 (en) * 2005-08-26 2007-03-01 Micron Technology, Inc. Vertical anti-blooming control and cross-talk reduction for imagers
JP2009032953A (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-02-12 Panasonic Corp Solid-state imaging device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3672085B2 (en) * 2000-10-11 2005-07-13 シャープ株式会社 Solid-state imaging device and manufacturing method thereof
CN1649165A (en) * 2004-01-30 2005-08-03 索尼株式会社 Solid-state image pickup device and module type solid-state image pickup device
JP2006140413A (en) * 2004-11-15 2006-06-01 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Solid-state image sensor
JP2006319037A (en) * 2005-05-11 2006-11-24 Canon Inc Solid-state image sensor
CN1937718A (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-03-28 松下电器产业株式会社 Image input device and solid-state image pickup element
CN1933170A (en) * 2005-09-13 2007-03-21 松下电器产业株式会社 Solid-state image pickup device

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10397509B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2019-08-27 Sony Corporation Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus
US12047699B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2024-07-23 Sony Group Corporation Light detecting device and electronic apparatus including shared reset and amplification transistors
US11595610B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2023-02-28 Sony Group Corporation Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus
CN104795416A (en) * 2010-01-28 2015-07-22 索尼公司 Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus
US11394914B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2022-07-19 Sony Group Corporation Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus including transistors with differently sized gate terminals
US11019296B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2021-05-25 Sony Corporation Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus
CN104795416B (en) * 2010-01-28 2018-07-13 索尼公司 Solid imaging element and electronic device
CN103477436B (en) * 2011-12-19 2017-05-17 松下知识产权经营株式会社 camera device
CN103477436A (en) * 2011-12-19 2013-12-25 松下电器产业株式会社 camera device
CN104221365A (en) * 2012-03-30 2014-12-17 株式会社尼康 Photographing element, photographing method and photographing device
CN104221365B (en) * 2012-03-30 2018-11-06 株式会社尼康 Photographing element, photographing method and photographing device
CN104541372A (en) * 2012-07-24 2015-04-22 索尼公司 Imaging element, electronic device and information processing device
CN104541372B (en) * 2012-07-24 2019-04-05 索尼公司 Imaging element, electronic device, and information processing device
CN109686750A (en) * 2014-06-02 2019-04-26 佳能株式会社 Image pick-up device and image picking system
CN105280651A (en) * 2014-06-09 2016-01-27 爱思开海力士有限公司 Image sensor
CN105280651B (en) * 2014-06-09 2019-07-26 爱思开海力士有限公司 Imaging sensor
CN113504657A (en) * 2016-07-15 2021-10-15 光场实验室公司 Selective propagation of energy in optical fields and holographic waveguide arrays
CN113504657B (en) * 2016-07-15 2025-04-18 光场实验室公司 Selective propagation of light fields and energy in holographic waveguide arrays
US12032180B2 (en) 2018-01-14 2024-07-09 Light Field Lab, Inc. Energy waveguide system with volumetric structure operable to tessellate in three dimensions
WO2020037650A1 (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-02-27 宁波舜宇光电信息有限公司 Imaging assembly, touch screen, camera module, smart terminal, cameras, and distance measuring method
CN109844766A (en) * 2019-01-15 2019-06-04 深圳市汇顶科技股份有限公司 Optical Image Acquisition Systems and Electronics
CN112802859A (en) * 2019-11-13 2021-05-14 爱思开海力士有限公司 Image sensor with a plurality of pixels

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201106482A (en) 2011-02-16
KR20100109400A (en) 2010-10-08
TWI425629B (en) 2014-02-01
CN101853866B (en) 2012-11-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN101853866B (en) Solid state image pickup device, method of manufacturing the same, image pickup device, and electronic device
US20100230583A1 (en) Solid state image pickup device, method of manufacturing the same, image pickup device, and electronic device
JP7171652B2 (en) Solid-state image sensor and electronic equipment
US9786714B2 (en) Solid-state imaging element, method for manufacturing solid-state imaging element, and electronic device
KR101477645B1 (en) Optical member, solid-state imaging device, and manufacturing method
JP5515606B2 (en) Solid-state imaging device and electronic device
JP5471117B2 (en) Solid-state imaging device, manufacturing method thereof, and camera
US7777260B2 (en) Solid-state imaging device
US7358475B2 (en) Solid-state imaging device and camera
US9261769B2 (en) Imaging apparatus and imaging system
US8633559B2 (en) Solid-state imaging device, method of manufacturing the same, and electronic apparatus
CN101951470B (en) Solid-state imaging device and imaging apparatus
KR20200129180A (en) Solid-state imaging element, process for producing solid-state imaging element, and electronic device
KR101038596B1 (en) Solid-state imaging device
CN103137638A (en) Solid-state imaging device and manufacturing method therefor, electronic apparatus, and composition for solid-state imaging device
CN104037184A (en) Solid-state imaging device, manufacturing method thereof, and electronic apparatus
KR100848945B1 (en) Microlens array to compensate for daylight loss and image sensor assembly comprising the same
JP2014022649A (en) Solid-state image sensor, imaging device, and electronic apparatus
US7884397B2 (en) Solid-state image sensor and method for producing the same
US7548666B2 (en) Solid state imaging device and method for manufacturing the same
JP2006323018A (en) Optical module

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20121114

Termination date: 20150323

EXPY Termination of patent right or utility model